PostgreSQL Source Code git master
executor.h File Reference
#include "executor/execdesc.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
#include "nodes/lockoptions.h"
#include "nodes/parsenodes.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
Include dependency graph for executor.h:
This graph shows which files directly or indirectly include this file:

Go to the source code of this file.

Data Structures

struct  TupOutputState
 

Macros

#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY   0x0001 /* EXPLAIN, no ANALYZE */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_GENERIC   0x0002 /* EXPLAIN (GENERIC_PLAN) */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_REWIND   0x0004 /* need efficient rescan */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_BACKWARD   0x0008 /* need backward scan */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_MARK   0x0010 /* need mark/restore */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS   0x0020 /* skip AfterTrigger setup */
 
#define EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA   0x0040 /* REFRESH ... WITH NO DATA */
 
#define EvalPlanQualSetSlot(epqstate, slot)   ((epqstate)->origslot = (slot))
 
#define do_text_output_oneline(tstate, str_to_emit)
 
#define ResetExprContext(econtext)    MemoryContextReset((econtext)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)
 
#define GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)
 
#define GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate)    (GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)
 
#define ResetPerTupleExprContext(estate)
 

Typedefs

typedef void(* ExecutorStart_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
 
typedef void(* ExecutorRun_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
 
typedef void(* ExecutorFinish_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
typedef void(* ExecutorEnd_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
typedef bool(* ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type) (List *rangeTable, List *rtePermInfos, bool ereport_on_violation)
 
typedef TupleTableSlot *(* ExecScanAccessMtd) (ScanState *node)
 
typedef bool(* ExecScanRecheckMtd) (ScanState *node, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
typedef struct TupOutputState TupOutputState
 

Functions

void ExecReScan (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecMarkPos (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecRestrPos (PlanState *node)
 
bool ExecSupportsMarkRestore (struct Path *pathnode)
 
bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan (Plan *node)
 
bool ExecMaterializesOutput (NodeTag plantype)
 
bool execCurrentOf (CurrentOfExpr *cexpr, ExprContext *econtext, Oid table_oid, ItemPointer current_tid)
 
ExprStateexecTuplesMatchPrepare (TupleDesc desc, int numCols, const AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqOperators, const Oid *collations, PlanState *parent)
 
void execTuplesHashPrepare (int numCols, const Oid *eqOperators, Oid **eqFuncOids, FmgrInfo **hashFunctions)
 
TupleHashTable BuildTupleHashTable (PlanState *parent, TupleDesc inputDesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *inputOps, int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqfuncoids, FmgrInfo *hashfunctions, Oid *collations, long nbuckets, Size additionalsize, MemoryContext metacxt, MemoryContext tablecxt, MemoryContext tempcxt, bool use_variable_hash_iv)
 
TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntry (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, bool *isnew, uint32 *hash)
 
uint32 TupleHashTableHash (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntryHash (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, bool *isnew, uint32 hash)
 
TupleHashEntry FindTupleHashEntry (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, ExprState *eqcomp, ExprState *hashexpr)
 
void ResetTupleHashTable (TupleHashTable hashtable)
 
static size_t TupleHashEntrySize (void)
 
static MinimalTuple TupleHashEntryGetTuple (TupleHashEntry entry)
 
static void * TupleHashEntryGetAdditional (TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleHashEntry entry)
 
JunkFilterExecInitJunkFilter (List *targetList, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
JunkFilterExecInitJunkFilterConversion (List *targetList, TupleDesc cleanTupType, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttribute (JunkFilter *junkfilter, const char *attrName)
 
AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist (List *targetlist, const char *attrName)
 
TupleTableSlotExecFilterJunk (JunkFilter *junkfilter, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
static Datum ExecGetJunkAttribute (TupleTableSlot *slot, AttrNumber attno, bool *isNull)
 
void ExecutorStart (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
 
void standard_ExecutorStart (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
 
void ExecutorRun (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
 
void standard_ExecutorRun (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
 
void ExecutorFinish (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void standard_ExecutorFinish (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void ExecutorEnd (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void standard_ExecutorEnd (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
void ExecutorRewind (QueryDesc *queryDesc)
 
bool ExecCheckPermissions (List *rangeTable, List *rteperminfos, bool ereport_on_violation)
 
void CheckValidResultRel (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, CmdType operation, List *mergeActions)
 
void InitResultRelInfo (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Relation resultRelationDesc, Index resultRelationIndex, ResultRelInfo *partition_root_rri, int instrument_options)
 
ResultRelInfoExecGetTriggerResultRel (EState *estate, Oid relid, ResultRelInfo *rootRelInfo)
 
ListExecGetAncestorResultRels (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
 
void ExecConstraints (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
 
AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, List *notnull_virtual_attrs)
 
bool ExecPartitionCheck (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, bool emitError)
 
void ExecPartitionCheckEmitError (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
 
void ExecWithCheckOptions (WCOKind kind, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
 
char * ExecBuildSlotValueDescription (Oid reloid, TupleTableSlot *slot, TupleDesc tupdesc, Bitmapset *modifiedCols, int maxfieldlen)
 
LockTupleMode ExecUpdateLockMode (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
 
ExecRowMarkExecFindRowMark (EState *estate, Index rti, bool missing_ok)
 
ExecAuxRowMarkExecBuildAuxRowMark (ExecRowMark *erm, List *targetlist)
 
TupleTableSlotEvalPlanQual (EPQState *epqstate, Relation relation, Index rti, TupleTableSlot *inputslot)
 
void EvalPlanQualInit (EPQState *epqstate, EState *parentestate, Plan *subplan, List *auxrowmarks, int epqParam, List *resultRelations)
 
void EvalPlanQualSetPlan (EPQState *epqstate, Plan *subplan, List *auxrowmarks)
 
TupleTableSlotEvalPlanQualSlot (EPQState *epqstate, Relation relation, Index rti)
 
bool EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark (EPQState *epqstate, Index rti, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
TupleTableSlotEvalPlanQualNext (EPQState *epqstate)
 
void EvalPlanQualBegin (EPQState *epqstate)
 
void EvalPlanQualEnd (EPQState *epqstate)
 
PlanStateExecInitNode (Plan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
 
void ExecSetExecProcNode (PlanState *node, ExecProcNodeMtd function)
 
NodeMultiExecProcNode (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecEndNode (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecShutdownNode (PlanState *node)
 
void ExecSetTupleBound (int64 tuples_needed, PlanState *child_node)
 
static TupleTableSlotExecProcNode (PlanState *node)
 
ExprStateExecInitExpr (Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecInitExprWithParams (Expr *node, ParamListInfo ext_params)
 
ExprStateExecInitQual (List *qual, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecInitCheck (List *qual, PlanState *parent)
 
ListExecInitExprList (List *nodes, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecBuildAggTrans (AggState *aggstate, struct AggStatePerPhaseData *phase, bool doSort, bool doHash, bool nullcheck)
 
ExprStateExecBuildHash32FromAttrs (TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *ops, FmgrInfo *hashfunctions, Oid *collations, int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx, PlanState *parent, uint32 init_value)
 
ExprStateExecBuildHash32Expr (TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *ops, const Oid *hashfunc_oids, const List *collations, const List *hash_exprs, const bool *opstrict, PlanState *parent, uint32 init_value, bool keep_nulls)
 
ExprStateExecBuildGroupingEqual (TupleDesc ldesc, TupleDesc rdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *lops, const TupleTableSlotOps *rops, int numCols, const AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqfunctions, const Oid *collations, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecBuildParamSetEqual (TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *lops, const TupleTableSlotOps *rops, const Oid *eqfunctions, const Oid *collations, const List *param_exprs, PlanState *parent)
 
ProjectionInfoExecBuildProjectionInfo (List *targetList, ExprContext *econtext, TupleTableSlot *slot, PlanState *parent, TupleDesc inputDesc)
 
ProjectionInfoExecBuildUpdateProjection (List *targetList, bool evalTargetList, List *targetColnos, TupleDesc relDesc, ExprContext *econtext, TupleTableSlot *slot, PlanState *parent)
 
ExprStateExecPrepareExpr (Expr *node, EState *estate)
 
ExprStateExecPrepareQual (List *qual, EState *estate)
 
ExprStateExecPrepareCheck (List *qual, EState *estate)
 
ListExecPrepareExprList (List *nodes, EState *estate)
 
static Datum ExecEvalExpr (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturn (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
static Datum ExecEvalExprSwitchContext (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
static TupleTableSlotExecProject (ProjectionInfo *projInfo)
 
static bool ExecQual (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
static bool ExecQualAndReset (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
bool ExecCheck (ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
 
SetExprStateExecInitTableFunctionResult (Expr *expr, ExprContext *econtext, PlanState *parent)
 
TuplestorestateExecMakeTableFunctionResult (SetExprState *setexpr, ExprContext *econtext, MemoryContext argContext, TupleDesc expectedDesc, bool randomAccess)
 
SetExprStateExecInitFunctionResultSet (Expr *expr, ExprContext *econtext, PlanState *parent)
 
Datum ExecMakeFunctionResultSet (SetExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext, MemoryContext argContext, bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone)
 
TupleTableSlotExecScan (ScanState *node, ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd, ExecScanRecheckMtd recheckMtd)
 
void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo (ScanState *node)
 
void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno (ScanState *node, int varno)
 
void ExecScanReScan (ScanState *node)
 
void ExecInitResultTypeTL (PlanState *planstate)
 
void ExecInitResultSlot (PlanState *planstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
void ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL (PlanState *planstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
void ExecInitScanTupleSlot (EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
TupleTableSlotExecInitExtraTupleSlot (EState *estate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
TupleTableSlotExecInitNullTupleSlot (EState *estate, TupleDesc tupType, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
TupleDesc ExecTypeFromTL (List *targetList)
 
TupleDesc ExecCleanTypeFromTL (List *targetList)
 
TupleDesc ExecTypeFromExprList (List *exprList)
 
void ExecTypeSetColNames (TupleDesc typeInfo, List *namesList)
 
void UpdateChangedParamSet (PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg)
 
TupOutputStatebegin_tup_output_tupdesc (DestReceiver *dest, TupleDesc tupdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
void do_tup_output (TupOutputState *tstate, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull)
 
void do_text_output_multiline (TupOutputState *tstate, const char *txt)
 
void end_tup_output (TupOutputState *tstate)
 
EStateCreateExecutorState (void)
 
void FreeExecutorState (EState *estate)
 
ExprContextCreateExprContext (EState *estate)
 
ExprContextCreateWorkExprContext (EState *estate)
 
ExprContextCreateStandaloneExprContext (void)
 
void FreeExprContext (ExprContext *econtext, bool isCommit)
 
void ReScanExprContext (ExprContext *econtext)
 
ExprContextMakePerTupleExprContext (EState *estate)
 
void ExecAssignExprContext (EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
 
TupleDesc ExecGetResultType (PlanState *planstate)
 
const TupleTableSlotOpsExecGetResultSlotOps (PlanState *planstate, bool *isfixed)
 
const TupleTableSlotOpsExecGetCommonSlotOps (PlanState **planstates, int nplans)
 
const TupleTableSlotOpsExecGetCommonChildSlotOps (PlanState *ps)
 
void ExecAssignProjectionInfo (PlanState *planstate, TupleDesc inputDesc)
 
void ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo (PlanState *planstate, TupleDesc inputDesc, int varno)
 
void ExecAssignScanType (ScanState *scanstate, TupleDesc tupDesc)
 
void ExecCreateScanSlotFromOuterPlan (EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
 
bool ExecRelationIsTargetRelation (EState *estate, Index scanrelid)
 
Relation ExecOpenScanRelation (EState *estate, Index scanrelid, int eflags)
 
void ExecInitRangeTable (EState *estate, List *rangeTable, List *permInfos, Bitmapset *unpruned_relids)
 
void ExecCloseRangeTableRelations (EState *estate)
 
void ExecCloseResultRelations (EState *estate)
 
static RangeTblEntryexec_rt_fetch (Index rti, EState *estate)
 
Relation ExecGetRangeTableRelation (EState *estate, Index rti, bool isResultRel)
 
void ExecInitResultRelation (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Index rti)
 
int executor_errposition (EState *estate, int location)
 
void RegisterExprContextCallback (ExprContext *econtext, ExprContextCallbackFunction function, Datum arg)
 
void UnregisterExprContextCallback (ExprContext *econtext, ExprContextCallbackFunction function, Datum arg)
 
Datum GetAttributeByName (HeapTupleHeader tuple, const char *attname, bool *isNull)
 
Datum GetAttributeByNum (HeapTupleHeader tuple, AttrNumber attrno, bool *isNull)
 
int ExecTargetListLength (List *targetlist)
 
int ExecCleanTargetListLength (List *targetlist)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetTriggerOldSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetTriggerNewSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetReturningSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetAllNullSlot (EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relInfo)
 
TupleConversionMapExecGetChildToRootMap (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
 
TupleConversionMapExecGetRootToChildMap (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate)
 
Oid ExecGetResultRelCheckAsUser (ResultRelInfo *relInfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetInsertedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetUpdatedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetExtraUpdatedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
BitmapsetExecGetAllUpdatedCols (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
 
void ExecOpenIndices (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, bool speculative)
 
void ExecCloseIndices (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
 
ListExecInsertIndexTuples (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, bool update, bool noDupErr, bool *specConflict, List *arbiterIndexes, bool onlySummarizing)
 
bool ExecCheckIndexConstraints (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, ItemPointer conflictTid, ItemPointer tupleid, List *arbiterIndexes)
 
void check_exclusion_constraint (Relation heap, Relation index, IndexInfo *indexInfo, ItemPointer tupleid, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull, EState *estate, bool newIndex)
 
bool RelationFindReplTupleByIndex (Relation rel, Oid idxoid, LockTupleMode lockmode, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *outslot)
 
bool RelationFindReplTupleSeq (Relation rel, LockTupleMode lockmode, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *outslot)
 
void ExecSimpleRelationInsert (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
void ExecSimpleRelationUpdate (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *slot)
 
void ExecSimpleRelationDelete (ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, TupleTableSlot *searchslot)
 
void CheckCmdReplicaIdentity (Relation rel, CmdType cmd)
 
void CheckSubscriptionRelkind (char relkind, const char *nspname, const char *relname)
 
TupleTableSlotExecGetUpdateNewTuple (ResultRelInfo *relinfo, TupleTableSlot *planSlot, TupleTableSlot *oldSlot)
 
ResultRelInfoExecLookupResultRelByOid (ModifyTableState *node, Oid resultoid, bool missing_ok, bool update_cache)
 

Variables

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorStart_hook_type ExecutorStart_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorRun_hook_type ExecutorRun_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorFinish_hook_type ExecutorFinish_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorEnd_hook_type ExecutorEnd_hook
 
PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type ExecutorCheckPerms_hook
 

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ do_text_output_oneline

#define do_text_output_oneline (   tstate,
  str_to_emit 
)
Value:
do { \
Datum values_[1]; \
bool isnull_[1]; \
values_[0] = PointerGetDatum(cstring_to_text(str_to_emit)); \
isnull_[0] = false; \
do_tup_output(tstate, values_, isnull_); \
pfree(DatumGetPointer(values_[0])); \
} while (0)
static Datum PointerGetDatum(const void *X)
Definition: postgres.h:327
static Pointer DatumGetPointer(Datum X)
Definition: postgres.h:317
text * cstring_to_text(const char *s)
Definition: varlena.c:192

Definition at line 622 of file executor.h.

◆ EvalPlanQualSetSlot

#define EvalPlanQualSetSlot (   epqstate,
  slot 
)    ((epqstate)->origslot = (slot))

Definition at line 283 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_BACKWARD

#define EXEC_FLAG_BACKWARD   0x0008 /* need backward scan */

Definition at line 68 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_GENERIC

#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_GENERIC   0x0002 /* EXPLAIN (GENERIC_PLAN) */

Definition at line 66 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY

#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY   0x0001 /* EXPLAIN, no ANALYZE */

Definition at line 65 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_MARK

#define EXEC_FLAG_MARK   0x0010 /* need mark/restore */

Definition at line 69 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_REWIND

#define EXEC_FLAG_REWIND   0x0004 /* need efficient rescan */

Definition at line 67 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS

#define EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS   0x0020 /* skip AfterTrigger setup */

Definition at line 70 of file executor.h.

◆ EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA

#define EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA   0x0040 /* REFRESH ... WITH NO DATA */

Definition at line 71 of file executor.h.

◆ GetPerTupleExprContext

#define GetPerTupleExprContext (   estate)
Value:
((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext ? \
(estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext : \
MakePerTupleExprContext(estate))

Definition at line 650 of file executor.h.

◆ GetPerTupleMemoryContext

#define GetPerTupleMemoryContext (   estate)     (GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)

Definition at line 655 of file executor.h.

◆ ResetExprContext

#define ResetExprContext (   econtext)     MemoryContextReset((econtext)->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)

Definition at line 644 of file executor.h.

◆ ResetPerTupleExprContext

#define ResetPerTupleExprContext (   estate)
Value:
do { \
if ((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext) \
ResetExprContext((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext); \
} while (0)

Definition at line 659 of file executor.h.

Typedef Documentation

◆ ExecScanAccessMtd

typedef TupleTableSlot *(* ExecScanAccessMtd) (ScanState *node)

Definition at line 573 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecScanRecheckMtd

typedef bool(* ExecScanRecheckMtd) (ScanState *node, TupleTableSlot *slot)

Definition at line 574 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type

typedef bool(* ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type) (List *rangeTable, List *rtePermInfos, bool ereport_on_violation)

Definition at line 93 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorEnd_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorEnd_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)

Definition at line 89 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorFinish_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorFinish_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc)

Definition at line 85 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorRun_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorRun_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)

Definition at line 79 of file executor.h.

◆ ExecutorStart_hook_type

typedef void(* ExecutorStart_hook_type) (QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)

Definition at line 75 of file executor.h.

◆ TupOutputState

Function Documentation

◆ begin_tup_output_tupdesc()

TupOutputState * begin_tup_output_tupdesc ( DestReceiver dest,
TupleDesc  tupdesc,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)

Definition at line 2444 of file execTuples.c.

2447{
2448 TupOutputState *tstate;
2449
2450 tstate = (TupOutputState *) palloc(sizeof(TupOutputState));
2451
2452 tstate->slot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, tts_ops);
2453 tstate->dest = dest;
2454
2455 tstate->dest->rStartup(tstate->dest, (int) CMD_SELECT, tupdesc);
2456
2457 return tstate;
2458}
TupleTableSlot * MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleDesc tupdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
Definition: execTuples.c:1427
void * palloc(Size size)
Definition: mcxt.c:1321
@ CMD_SELECT
Definition: nodes.h:271
TupleTableSlot * slot
Definition: executor.h:606
DestReceiver * dest
Definition: executor.h:607
void(* rStartup)(DestReceiver *self, int operation, TupleDesc typeinfo)
Definition: dest.h:121

References CMD_SELECT, generate_unaccent_rules::dest, TupOutputState::dest, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), palloc(), _DestReceiver::rStartup, and TupOutputState::slot.

Referenced by CreateReplicationSlot(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExplainQuery(), IdentifySystem(), ReadReplicationSlot(), SendTablespaceList(), SendXlogRecPtrResult(), ShowAllGUCConfig(), ShowGUCConfigOption(), and StartReplication().

◆ BuildTupleHashTable()

TupleHashTable BuildTupleHashTable ( PlanState parent,
TupleDesc  inputDesc,
const TupleTableSlotOps inputOps,
int  numCols,
AttrNumber keyColIdx,
const Oid eqfuncoids,
FmgrInfo hashfunctions,
Oid collations,
long  nbuckets,
Size  additionalsize,
MemoryContext  metacxt,
MemoryContext  tablecxt,
MemoryContext  tempcxt,
bool  use_variable_hash_iv 
)

Definition at line 161 of file execGrouping.c.

175{
176 TupleHashTable hashtable;
177 Size entrysize;
178 Size hash_mem_limit;
179 MemoryContext oldcontext;
180 bool allow_jit;
181 uint32 hash_iv = 0;
182
183 Assert(nbuckets > 0);
184 additionalsize = MAXALIGN(additionalsize);
185 entrysize = sizeof(TupleHashEntryData) + additionalsize;
186
187 /* Limit initial table size request to not more than hash_mem */
188 hash_mem_limit = get_hash_memory_limit() / entrysize;
189 if (nbuckets > hash_mem_limit)
190 nbuckets = hash_mem_limit;
191
192 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(metacxt);
193
194 hashtable = (TupleHashTable) palloc(sizeof(TupleHashTableData));
195
196 hashtable->numCols = numCols;
197 hashtable->keyColIdx = keyColIdx;
198 hashtable->tab_collations = collations;
199 hashtable->tablecxt = tablecxt;
200 hashtable->tempcxt = tempcxt;
201 hashtable->additionalsize = additionalsize;
202 hashtable->tableslot = NULL; /* will be made on first lookup */
203 hashtable->inputslot = NULL;
204 hashtable->in_hash_expr = NULL;
205 hashtable->cur_eq_func = NULL;
206
207 /*
208 * If parallelism is in use, even if the leader backend is performing the
209 * scan itself, we don't want to create the hashtable exactly the same way
210 * in all workers. As hashtables are iterated over in keyspace-order,
211 * doing so in all processes in the same way is likely to lead to
212 * "unbalanced" hashtables when the table size initially is
213 * underestimated.
214 */
215 if (use_variable_hash_iv)
217
218 hashtable->hashtab = tuplehash_create(metacxt, nbuckets, hashtable);
219
220 /*
221 * We copy the input tuple descriptor just for safety --- we assume all
222 * input tuples will have equivalent descriptors.
223 */
226
227 /*
228 * If the caller fails to make the metacxt different from the tablecxt,
229 * allowing JIT would lead to the generated functions to a) live longer
230 * than the query or b) be re-generated each time the table is being
231 * reset. Therefore prevent JIT from being used in that case, by not
232 * providing a parent node (which prevents accessing the JitContext in the
233 * EState).
234 */
235 allow_jit = (metacxt != tablecxt);
236
237 /* build hash ExprState for all columns */
238 hashtable->tab_hash_expr = ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs(inputDesc,
239 inputOps,
240 hashfunctions,
241 collations,
242 numCols,
243 keyColIdx,
244 allow_jit ? parent : NULL,
245 hash_iv);
246
247 /* build comparator for all columns */
248 hashtable->tab_eq_func = ExecBuildGroupingEqual(inputDesc, inputDesc,
249 inputOps,
251 numCols,
252 keyColIdx, eqfuncoids, collations,
253 allow_jit ? parent : NULL);
254
255 /*
256 * While not pretty, it's ok to not shut down this context, but instead
257 * rely on the containing memory context being reset, as
258 * ExecBuildGroupingEqual() only builds a very simple expression calling
259 * functions (i.e. nothing that'd employ RegisterExprContextCallback()).
260 */
262
263 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
264
265 return hashtable;
266}
int ParallelWorkerNumber
Definition: parallel.c:115
#define MAXALIGN(LEN)
Definition: c.h:782
uint32_t uint32
Definition: c.h:502
size_t Size
Definition: c.h:576
ExprState * ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs(TupleDesc desc, const TupleTableSlotOps *ops, FmgrInfo *hashfunctions, Oid *collations, int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx, PlanState *parent, uint32 init_value)
Definition: execExpr.c:4141
ExprState * ExecBuildGroupingEqual(TupleDesc ldesc, TupleDesc rdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *lops, const TupleTableSlotOps *rops, int numCols, const AttrNumber *keyColIdx, const Oid *eqfunctions, const Oid *collations, PlanState *parent)
Definition: execExpr.c:4465
const TupleTableSlotOps TTSOpsMinimalTuple
Definition: execTuples.c:86
ExprContext * CreateStandaloneExprContext(void)
Definition: execUtils.c:357
struct TupleHashTableData * TupleHashTable
Definition: execnodes.h:841
struct TupleHashEntryData TupleHashEntryData
static uint32 murmurhash32(uint32 data)
Definition: hashfn.h:92
Assert(PointerIsAligned(start, uint64))
size_t get_hash_memory_limit(void)
Definition: nodeHash.c:3616
static MemoryContext MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
Definition: palloc.h:124
AttrNumber * keyColIdx
Definition: execnodes.h:862
tuplehash_hash * hashtab
Definition: execnodes.h:860
ExprState * in_hash_expr
Definition: execnodes.h:872
ExprState * tab_hash_expr
Definition: execnodes.h:863
MemoryContext tempcxt
Definition: execnodes.h:867
ExprState * tab_eq_func
Definition: execnodes.h:864
TupleTableSlot * tableslot
Definition: execnodes.h:869
ExprContext * exprcontext
Definition: execnodes.h:874
MemoryContext tablecxt
Definition: execnodes.h:866
TupleTableSlot * inputslot
Definition: execnodes.h:871
ExprState * cur_eq_func
Definition: execnodes.h:873
TupleDesc CreateTupleDescCopy(TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: tupdesc.c:245

References TupleHashTableData::additionalsize, Assert(), CreateStandaloneExprContext(), CreateTupleDescCopy(), TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, ExecBuildGroupingEqual(), ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs(), TupleHashTableData::exprcontext, get_hash_memory_limit(), TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, TupleHashTableData::keyColIdx, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), MAXALIGN, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), murmurhash32(), TupleHashTableData::numCols, palloc(), ParallelWorkerNumber, TupleHashTableData::tab_collations, TupleHashTableData::tab_eq_func, TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::tablecxt, TupleHashTableData::tableslot, TupleHashTableData::tempcxt, and TTSOpsMinimalTuple.

Referenced by build_hash_table(), and buildSubPlanHash().

◆ check_exclusion_constraint()

void check_exclusion_constraint ( Relation  heap,
Relation  index,
IndexInfo indexInfo,
ItemPointer  tupleid,
const Datum values,
const bool *  isnull,
EState estate,
bool  newIndex 
)

Definition at line 956 of file execIndexing.c.

961{
962 (void) check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(heap, index, indexInfo, tupleid,
963 values, isnull,
964 estate, newIndex,
965 CEOUC_WAIT, false, NULL);
966}
static Datum values[MAXATTR]
Definition: bootstrap.c:151
static bool check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(Relation heap, Relation index, IndexInfo *indexInfo, ItemPointer tupleid, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull, EState *estate, bool newIndex, CEOUC_WAIT_MODE waitMode, bool violationOK, ItemPointer conflictTid)
Definition: execIndexing.c:704
@ CEOUC_WAIT
Definition: execIndexing.c:124
Definition: type.h:96

References CEOUC_WAIT, check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(), and values.

Referenced by IndexCheckExclusion().

◆ CheckCmdReplicaIdentity()

void CheckCmdReplicaIdentity ( Relation  rel,
CmdType  cmd 
)

Definition at line 767 of file execReplication.c.

768{
769 PublicationDesc pubdesc;
770
771 /*
772 * Skip checking the replica identity for partitioned tables, because the
773 * operations are actually performed on the leaf partitions.
774 */
775 if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
776 return;
777
778 /* We only need to do checks for UPDATE and DELETE. */
779 if (cmd != CMD_UPDATE && cmd != CMD_DELETE)
780 return;
781
782 /*
783 * It is only safe to execute UPDATE/DELETE if the relation does not
784 * publish UPDATEs or DELETEs, or all the following conditions are
785 * satisfied:
786 *
787 * 1. All columns, referenced in the row filters from publications which
788 * the relation is in, are valid - i.e. when all referenced columns are
789 * part of REPLICA IDENTITY.
790 *
791 * 2. All columns, referenced in the column lists are valid - i.e. when
792 * all columns referenced in the REPLICA IDENTITY are covered by the
793 * column list.
794 *
795 * 3. All generated columns in REPLICA IDENTITY of the relation, are valid
796 * - i.e. when all these generated columns are published.
797 *
798 * XXX We could optimize it by first checking whether any of the
799 * publications have a row filter or column list for this relation, or if
800 * the relation contains a generated column. If none of these exist and
801 * the relation has replica identity then we can avoid building the
802 * descriptor but as this happens only one time it doesn't seem worth the
803 * additional complexity.
804 */
805 RelationBuildPublicationDesc(rel, &pubdesc);
806 if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && !pubdesc.rf_valid_for_update)
808 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
809 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\"",
811 errdetail("Column used in the publication WHERE expression is not part of the replica identity.")));
812 else if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && !pubdesc.cols_valid_for_update)
814 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
815 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\"",
817 errdetail("Column list used by the publication does not cover the replica identity.")));
818 else if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && !pubdesc.gencols_valid_for_update)
820 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
821 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\"",
823 errdetail("Replica identity must not contain unpublished generated columns.")));
824 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && !pubdesc.rf_valid_for_delete)
826 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
827 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\"",
829 errdetail("Column used in the publication WHERE expression is not part of the replica identity.")));
830 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && !pubdesc.cols_valid_for_delete)
832 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
833 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\"",
835 errdetail("Column list used by the publication does not cover the replica identity.")));
836 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && !pubdesc.gencols_valid_for_delete)
838 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
839 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\"",
841 errdetail("Replica identity must not contain unpublished generated columns.")));
842
843 /* If relation has replica identity we are always good. */
845 return;
846
847 /* REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is also good for UPDATE/DELETE. */
848 if (rel->rd_rel->relreplident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL)
849 return;
850
851 /*
852 * This is UPDATE/DELETE and there is no replica identity.
853 *
854 * Check if the table publishes UPDATES or DELETES.
855 */
856 if (cmd == CMD_UPDATE && pubdesc.pubactions.pubupdate)
858 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
859 errmsg("cannot update table \"%s\" because it does not have a replica identity and publishes updates",
861 errhint("To enable updating the table, set REPLICA IDENTITY using ALTER TABLE.")));
862 else if (cmd == CMD_DELETE && pubdesc.pubactions.pubdelete)
864 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
865 errmsg("cannot delete from table \"%s\" because it does not have a replica identity and publishes deletes",
867 errhint("To enable deleting from the table, set REPLICA IDENTITY using ALTER TABLE.")));
868}
#define OidIsValid(objectId)
Definition: c.h:746
int errdetail(const char *fmt,...)
Definition: elog.c:1204
int errhint(const char *fmt,...)
Definition: elog.c:1318
int errcode(int sqlerrcode)
Definition: elog.c:854
int errmsg(const char *fmt,...)
Definition: elog.c:1071
#define ERROR
Definition: elog.h:39
#define ereport(elevel,...)
Definition: elog.h:149
@ CMD_DELETE
Definition: nodes.h:274
@ CMD_UPDATE
Definition: nodes.h:272
#define RelationGetRelationName(relation)
Definition: rel.h:550
void RelationBuildPublicationDesc(Relation relation, PublicationDesc *pubdesc)
Definition: relcache.c:5794
Oid RelationGetReplicaIndex(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:5072
PublicationActions pubactions
bool gencols_valid_for_update
bool gencols_valid_for_delete
Form_pg_class rd_rel
Definition: rel.h:111

References CMD_DELETE, CMD_UPDATE, PublicationDesc::cols_valid_for_delete, PublicationDesc::cols_valid_for_update, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, PublicationDesc::gencols_valid_for_delete, PublicationDesc::gencols_valid_for_update, OidIsValid, PublicationDesc::pubactions, PublicationActions::pubdelete, PublicationActions::pubupdate, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationBuildPublicationDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetReplicaIndex(), PublicationDesc::rf_valid_for_delete, and PublicationDesc::rf_valid_for_update.

Referenced by CheckValidResultRel(), ExecSimpleRelationDelete(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), and ExecSimpleRelationUpdate().

◆ CheckSubscriptionRelkind()

void CheckSubscriptionRelkind ( char  relkind,
const char *  nspname,
const char *  relname 
)

Definition at line 877 of file execReplication.c.

879{
880 if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
882 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
883 errmsg("cannot use relation \"%s.%s\" as logical replication target",
884 nspname, relname),
886}
int errdetail_relkind_not_supported(char relkind)
Definition: pg_class.c:24
NameData relname
Definition: pg_class.h:38

References ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg(), ERROR, and relname.

Referenced by AlterSubscription_refresh(), apply_handle_tuple_routing(), CreateSubscription(), and logicalrep_rel_open().

◆ CheckValidResultRel()

void CheckValidResultRel ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
CmdType  operation,
List mergeActions 
)

Definition at line 1048 of file execMain.c.

1050{
1051 Relation resultRel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1052 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine;
1053
1054 /* Expect a fully-formed ResultRelInfo from InitResultRelInfo(). */
1055 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_needLockTagTuple ==
1056 IsInplaceUpdateRelation(resultRel));
1057
1058 switch (resultRel->rd_rel->relkind)
1059 {
1060 case RELKIND_RELATION:
1061 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
1062 CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(resultRel, operation);
1063 break;
1064 case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
1065 ereport(ERROR,
1066 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1067 errmsg("cannot change sequence \"%s\"",
1068 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1069 break;
1070 case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
1071 ereport(ERROR,
1072 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1073 errmsg("cannot change TOAST relation \"%s\"",
1074 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1075 break;
1076 case RELKIND_VIEW:
1077
1078 /*
1079 * Okay only if there's a suitable INSTEAD OF trigger. Otherwise,
1080 * complain, but omit errdetail because we haven't got the
1081 * information handy (and given that it really shouldn't happen,
1082 * it's not worth great exertion to get).
1083 */
1084 if (!view_has_instead_trigger(resultRel, operation, mergeActions))
1085 error_view_not_updatable(resultRel, operation, mergeActions,
1086 NULL);
1087 break;
1088 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
1090 ereport(ERROR,
1091 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1092 errmsg("cannot change materialized view \"%s\"",
1093 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1094 break;
1095 case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
1096 /* Okay only if the FDW supports it */
1097 fdwroutine = resultRelInfo->ri_FdwRoutine;
1098 switch (operation)
1099 {
1100 case CMD_INSERT:
1101 if (fdwroutine->ExecForeignInsert == NULL)
1102 ereport(ERROR,
1103 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1104 errmsg("cannot insert into foreign table \"%s\"",
1105 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1106 if (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable != NULL &&
1107 (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable(resultRel) & (1 << CMD_INSERT)) == 0)
1108 ereport(ERROR,
1109 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
1110 errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not allow inserts",
1111 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1112 break;
1113 case CMD_UPDATE:
1114 if (fdwroutine->ExecForeignUpdate == NULL)
1115 ereport(ERROR,
1116 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1117 errmsg("cannot update foreign table \"%s\"",
1118 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1119 if (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable != NULL &&
1120 (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable(resultRel) & (1 << CMD_UPDATE)) == 0)
1121 ereport(ERROR,
1122 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
1123 errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not allow updates",
1124 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1125 break;
1126 case CMD_DELETE:
1127 if (fdwroutine->ExecForeignDelete == NULL)
1128 ereport(ERROR,
1129 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1130 errmsg("cannot delete from foreign table \"%s\"",
1131 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1132 if (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable != NULL &&
1133 (fdwroutine->IsForeignRelUpdatable(resultRel) & (1 << CMD_DELETE)) == 0)
1134 ereport(ERROR,
1135 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
1136 errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not allow deletes",
1137 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1138 break;
1139 default:
1140 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized CmdType: %d", (int) operation);
1141 break;
1142 }
1143 break;
1144 default:
1145 ereport(ERROR,
1146 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1147 errmsg("cannot change relation \"%s\"",
1148 RelationGetRelationName(resultRel))));
1149 break;
1150 }
1151}
bool IsInplaceUpdateRelation(Relation relation)
Definition: catalog.c:183
#define elog(elevel,...)
Definition: elog.h:225
void CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, CmdType cmd)
bool MatViewIncrementalMaintenanceIsEnabled(void)
Definition: matview.c:963
@ CMD_INSERT
Definition: nodes.h:273
bool view_has_instead_trigger(Relation view, CmdType event, List *mergeActionList)
void error_view_not_updatable(Relation view, CmdType command, List *mergeActionList, const char *detail)
ExecForeignInsert_function ExecForeignInsert
Definition: fdwapi.h:232
ExecForeignUpdate_function ExecForeignUpdate
Definition: fdwapi.h:235
ExecForeignDelete_function ExecForeignDelete
Definition: fdwapi.h:236
IsForeignRelUpdatable_function IsForeignRelUpdatable
Definition: fdwapi.h:240
bool ri_needLockTagTuple
Definition: execnodes.h:506
Relation ri_RelationDesc
Definition: execnodes.h:474
struct FdwRoutine * ri_FdwRoutine
Definition: execnodes.h:527

References Assert(), CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_DELETE, CMD_INSERT, CMD_UPDATE, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, error_view_not_updatable(), FdwRoutine::ExecForeignDelete, FdwRoutine::ExecForeignInsert, FdwRoutine::ExecForeignUpdate, FdwRoutine::IsForeignRelUpdatable, IsInplaceUpdateRelation(), MatViewIncrementalMaintenanceIsEnabled(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, ResultRelInfo::ri_FdwRoutine, ResultRelInfo::ri_needLockTagTuple, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and view_has_instead_trigger().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecFindPartition(), ExecInitModifyTable(), and ExecInitPartitionInfo().

◆ CreateExecutorState()

EState * CreateExecutorState ( void  )

Definition at line 88 of file execUtils.c.

89{
90 EState *estate;
91 MemoryContext qcontext;
92 MemoryContext oldcontext;
93
94 /*
95 * Create the per-query context for this Executor run.
96 */
98 "ExecutorState",
100
101 /*
102 * Make the EState node within the per-query context. This way, we don't
103 * need a separate pfree() operation for it at shutdown.
104 */
105 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(qcontext);
106
107 estate = makeNode(EState);
108
109 /*
110 * Initialize all fields of the Executor State structure
111 */
113 estate->es_snapshot = InvalidSnapshot; /* caller must initialize this */
114 estate->es_crosscheck_snapshot = InvalidSnapshot; /* no crosscheck */
115 estate->es_range_table = NIL;
116 estate->es_range_table_size = 0;
117 estate->es_relations = NULL;
118 estate->es_rowmarks = NULL;
119 estate->es_rteperminfos = NIL;
120 estate->es_plannedstmt = NULL;
121 estate->es_part_prune_infos = NIL;
122
123 estate->es_junkFilter = NULL;
124
125 estate->es_output_cid = (CommandId) 0;
126
127 estate->es_result_relations = NULL;
131
134
135 estate->es_param_list_info = NULL;
136 estate->es_param_exec_vals = NULL;
137
138 estate->es_queryEnv = NULL;
139
140 estate->es_query_cxt = qcontext;
141
142 estate->es_tupleTable = NIL;
143
144 estate->es_processed = 0;
145 estate->es_total_processed = 0;
146
147 estate->es_top_eflags = 0;
148 estate->es_instrument = 0;
149 estate->es_finished = false;
150
151 estate->es_exprcontexts = NIL;
152
153 estate->es_subplanstates = NIL;
154
155 estate->es_auxmodifytables = NIL;
156
157 estate->es_per_tuple_exprcontext = NULL;
158
159 estate->es_sourceText = NULL;
160
161 estate->es_use_parallel_mode = false;
164
165 estate->es_jit_flags = 0;
166 estate->es_jit = NULL;
167
168 /*
169 * Return the executor state structure
170 */
171 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
172
173 return estate;
174}
uint32 CommandId
Definition: c.h:637
MemoryContext CurrentMemoryContext
Definition: mcxt.c:143
#define AllocSetContextCreate
Definition: memutils.h:129
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES
Definition: memutils.h:160
#define makeNode(_type_)
Definition: nodes.h:161
#define NIL
Definition: pg_list.h:68
@ ForwardScanDirection
Definition: sdir.h:28
#define InvalidSnapshot
Definition: snapshot.h:119
uint64 es_processed
Definition: execnodes.h:710
List * es_part_prune_infos
Definition: execnodes.h:666
struct ExecRowMark ** es_rowmarks
Definition: execnodes.h:662
int es_parallel_workers_to_launch
Definition: execnodes.h:742
List * es_tuple_routing_result_relations
Definition: execnodes.h:694
int es_top_eflags
Definition: execnodes.h:715
struct JitContext * es_jit
Definition: execnodes.h:760
int es_instrument
Definition: execnodes.h:716
PlannedStmt * es_plannedstmt
Definition: execnodes.h:665
QueryEnvironment * es_queryEnv
Definition: execnodes.h:703
ResultRelInfo ** es_result_relations
Definition: execnodes.h:681
ParamExecData * es_param_exec_vals
Definition: execnodes.h:701
uint64 es_total_processed
Definition: execnodes.h:712
List * es_range_table
Definition: execnodes.h:658
List * es_rteperminfos
Definition: execnodes.h:664
List * es_exprcontexts
Definition: execnodes.h:719
ParamListInfo es_param_list_info
Definition: execnodes.h:700
bool es_finished
Definition: execnodes.h:717
List * es_insert_pending_result_relations
Definition: execnodes.h:767
MemoryContext es_query_cxt
Definition: execnodes.h:706
List * es_tupleTable
Definition: execnodes.h:708
ScanDirection es_direction
Definition: execnodes.h:655
List * es_trig_target_relations
Definition: execnodes.h:697
int es_jit_flags
Definition: execnodes.h:759
List * es_opened_result_relations
Definition: execnodes.h:684
bool es_use_parallel_mode
Definition: execnodes.h:740
Relation * es_relations
Definition: execnodes.h:660
List * es_subplanstates
Definition: execnodes.h:721
ExprContext * es_per_tuple_exprcontext
Definition: execnodes.h:730
int es_parallel_workers_launched
Definition: execnodes.h:744
CommandId es_output_cid
Definition: execnodes.h:678
Index es_range_table_size
Definition: execnodes.h:659
List * es_insert_pending_modifytables
Definition: execnodes.h:768
const char * es_sourceText
Definition: execnodes.h:673
Snapshot es_snapshot
Definition: execnodes.h:656
List * es_auxmodifytables
Definition: execnodes.h:723
JunkFilter * es_junkFilter
Definition: execnodes.h:675
Snapshot es_crosscheck_snapshot
Definition: execnodes.h:657

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, CurrentMemoryContext, EState::es_auxmodifytables, EState::es_crosscheck_snapshot, EState::es_direction, EState::es_exprcontexts, EState::es_finished, EState::es_insert_pending_modifytables, EState::es_insert_pending_result_relations, EState::es_instrument, EState::es_jit, EState::es_jit_flags, EState::es_junkFilter, EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_output_cid, EState::es_parallel_workers_launched, EState::es_parallel_workers_to_launch, EState::es_param_exec_vals, EState::es_param_list_info, EState::es_part_prune_infos, EState::es_per_tuple_exprcontext, EState::es_plannedstmt, EState::es_processed, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_queryEnv, EState::es_range_table, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_relations, EState::es_result_relations, EState::es_rowmarks, EState::es_rteperminfos, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_sourceText, EState::es_subplanstates, EState::es_top_eflags, EState::es_total_processed, EState::es_trig_target_relations, EState::es_tuple_routing_result_relations, EState::es_tupleTable, EState::es_use_parallel_mode, ForwardScanDirection, InvalidSnapshot, makeNode, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and NIL.

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATRewriteTable(), check_default_partition_contents(), compute_expr_stats(), compute_index_stats(), CopyFrom(), create_edata_for_relation(), create_estate_for_relation(), EvalPlanQualStart(), evaluate_expr(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExecuteQuery(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), ExplainExecuteQuery(), fileIterateForeignScan(), get_qual_for_range(), heapam_index_build_range_scan(), heapam_index_validate_scan(), IndexCheckExclusion(), make_build_data(), operator_predicate_proof(), plpgsql_create_econtext(), plpgsql_inline_handler(), standard_ExecutorStart(), tuplesort_begin_cluster(), and validateDomainCheckConstraint().

◆ CreateExprContext()

ExprContext * CreateExprContext ( EState estate)

Definition at line 307 of file execUtils.c.

308{
310}
static ExprContext * CreateExprContextInternal(EState *estate, Size minContextSize, Size initBlockSize, Size maxBlockSize)
Definition: execUtils.c:237

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, and CreateExprContextInternal().

Referenced by CreatePartitionPruneState(), ExecAssignExprContext(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitSubPlan(), ExecuteCallStmt(), MakePerTupleExprContext(), and plpgsql_create_econtext().

◆ CreateStandaloneExprContext()

ExprContext * CreateStandaloneExprContext ( void  )

Definition at line 357 of file execUtils.c.

358{
359 ExprContext *econtext;
360
361 /* Create the ExprContext node within the caller's memory context */
362 econtext = makeNode(ExprContext);
363
364 /* Initialize fields of ExprContext */
365 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = NULL;
366 econtext->ecxt_innertuple = NULL;
367 econtext->ecxt_outertuple = NULL;
368
370
371 /*
372 * Create working memory for expression evaluation in this context.
373 */
374 econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory =
376 "ExprContext",
378
379 econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals = NULL;
380 econtext->ecxt_param_list_info = NULL;
381
382 econtext->ecxt_aggvalues = NULL;
383 econtext->ecxt_aggnulls = NULL;
384
385 econtext->caseValue_datum = (Datum) 0;
386 econtext->caseValue_isNull = true;
387
388 econtext->domainValue_datum = (Datum) 0;
389 econtext->domainValue_isNull = true;
390
391 econtext->ecxt_estate = NULL;
392
393 econtext->ecxt_callbacks = NULL;
394
395 return econtext;
396}
uintptr_t Datum
Definition: postgres.h:69
Datum domainValue_datum
Definition: execnodes.h:298
ParamListInfo ecxt_param_list_info
Definition: execnodes.h:279
MemoryContext ecxt_per_tuple_memory
Definition: execnodes.h:275
TupleTableSlot * ecxt_innertuple
Definition: execnodes.h:269
ParamExecData * ecxt_param_exec_vals
Definition: execnodes.h:278
Datum * ecxt_aggvalues
Definition: execnodes.h:286
bool caseValue_isNull
Definition: execnodes.h:294
TupleTableSlot * ecxt_scantuple
Definition: execnodes.h:267
Datum caseValue_datum
Definition: execnodes.h:292
bool * ecxt_aggnulls
Definition: execnodes.h:288
MemoryContext ecxt_per_query_memory
Definition: execnodes.h:274
ExprContext_CB * ecxt_callbacks
Definition: execnodes.h:312
bool domainValue_isNull
Definition: execnodes.h:300
struct EState * ecxt_estate
Definition: execnodes.h:309
TupleTableSlot * ecxt_outertuple
Definition: execnodes.h:271

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, ExprContext::caseValue_datum, ExprContext::caseValue_isNull, CurrentMemoryContext, ExprContext::domainValue_datum, ExprContext::domainValue_isNull, ExprContext::ecxt_aggnulls, ExprContext::ecxt_aggvalues, ExprContext::ecxt_callbacks, ExprContext::ecxt_estate, ExprContext::ecxt_innertuple, ExprContext::ecxt_outertuple, ExprContext::ecxt_param_exec_vals, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, and makeNode.

Referenced by BuildTupleHashTable(), domain_check_input(), and hypothetical_dense_rank_final().

◆ CreateWorkExprContext()

ExprContext * CreateWorkExprContext ( EState estate)

Definition at line 322 of file execUtils.c.

323{
324 Size maxBlockSize = ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE;
325
326 maxBlockSize = pg_prevpower2_size_t(work_mem * (Size) 1024 / 16);
327
328 /* But no bigger than ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE */
329 maxBlockSize = Min(maxBlockSize, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
330
331 /* and no smaller than ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE */
332 maxBlockSize = Max(maxBlockSize, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE);
333
335 ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE, maxBlockSize);
336}
#define Min(x, y)
Definition: c.h:975
#define Max(x, y)
Definition: c.h:969
int work_mem
Definition: globals.c:131
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE
Definition: memutils.h:159
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE
Definition: memutils.h:157
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE
Definition: memutils.h:158
#define pg_prevpower2_size_t
Definition: pg_bitutils.h:442

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE, CreateExprContextInternal(), Max, Min, pg_prevpower2_size_t, and work_mem.

Referenced by hash_create_memory().

◆ do_text_output_multiline()

void do_text_output_multiline ( TupOutputState tstate,
const char *  txt 
)

Definition at line 2492 of file execTuples.c.

2493{
2494 Datum values[1];
2495 bool isnull[1] = {false};
2496
2497 while (*txt)
2498 {
2499 const char *eol;
2500 int len;
2501
2502 eol = strchr(txt, '\n');
2503 if (eol)
2504 {
2505 len = eol - txt;
2506 eol++;
2507 }
2508 else
2509 {
2510 len = strlen(txt);
2511 eol = txt + len;
2512 }
2513
2515 do_tup_output(tstate, values, isnull);
2517 txt = eol;
2518 }
2519}
void do_tup_output(TupOutputState *tstate, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull)
Definition: execTuples.c:2464
void pfree(void *pointer)
Definition: mcxt.c:1528
const void size_t len
text * cstring_to_text_with_len(const char *s, int len)
Definition: varlena.c:204

References cstring_to_text_with_len(), DatumGetPointer(), do_tup_output(), len, pfree(), PointerGetDatum(), and values.

Referenced by ExplainQuery().

◆ do_tup_output()

void do_tup_output ( TupOutputState tstate,
const Datum values,
const bool *  isnull 
)

Definition at line 2464 of file execTuples.c.

2465{
2466 TupleTableSlot *slot = tstate->slot;
2467 int natts = slot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts;
2468
2469 /* make sure the slot is clear */
2470 ExecClearTuple(slot);
2471
2472 /* insert data */
2473 memcpy(slot->tts_values, values, natts * sizeof(Datum));
2474 memcpy(slot->tts_isnull, isnull, natts * sizeof(bool));
2475
2476 /* mark slot as containing a virtual tuple */
2478
2479 /* send the tuple to the receiver */
2480 (void) tstate->dest->receiveSlot(slot, tstate->dest);
2481
2482 /* clean up */
2483 ExecClearTuple(slot);
2484}
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreVirtualTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1741
TupleDesc tts_tupleDescriptor
Definition: tuptable.h:123
bool * tts_isnull
Definition: tuptable.h:127
Datum * tts_values
Definition: tuptable.h:125
bool(* receiveSlot)(TupleTableSlot *slot, DestReceiver *self)
Definition: dest.h:118
static TupleTableSlot * ExecClearTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:458

References TupOutputState::dest, ExecClearTuple(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), TupleDescData::natts, _DestReceiver::receiveSlot, TupOutputState::slot, TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_tupleDescriptor, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, and values.

Referenced by CreateReplicationSlot(), do_text_output_multiline(), IdentifySystem(), ReadReplicationSlot(), SendTablespaceList(), SendXlogRecPtrResult(), ShowAllGUCConfig(), and StartReplication().

◆ end_tup_output()

void end_tup_output ( TupOutputState tstate)

Definition at line 2522 of file execTuples.c.

2523{
2524 tstate->dest->rShutdown(tstate->dest);
2525 /* note that destroying the dest is not ours to do */
2527 pfree(tstate);
2528}
void ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1443
void(* rShutdown)(DestReceiver *self)
Definition: dest.h:124

References TupOutputState::dest, ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), pfree(), _DestReceiver::rShutdown, and TupOutputState::slot.

Referenced by CreateReplicationSlot(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExplainQuery(), IdentifySystem(), ReadReplicationSlot(), SendTablespaceList(), SendXlogRecPtrResult(), ShowAllGUCConfig(), ShowGUCConfigOption(), and StartReplication().

◆ EvalPlanQual()

TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQual ( EPQState epqstate,
Relation  relation,
Index  rti,
TupleTableSlot inputslot 
)

Definition at line 2621 of file execMain.c.

2623{
2624 TupleTableSlot *slot;
2625 TupleTableSlot *testslot;
2626
2627 Assert(rti > 0);
2628
2629 /*
2630 * Need to run a recheck subquery. Initialize or reinitialize EPQ state.
2631 */
2632 EvalPlanQualBegin(epqstate);
2633
2634 /*
2635 * Callers will often use the EvalPlanQualSlot to store the tuple to avoid
2636 * an unnecessary copy.
2637 */
2638 testslot = EvalPlanQualSlot(epqstate, relation, rti);
2639 if (testslot != inputslot)
2640 ExecCopySlot(testslot, inputslot);
2641
2642 /*
2643 * Mark that an EPQ tuple is available for this relation. (If there is
2644 * more than one result relation, the others remain marked as having no
2645 * tuple available.)
2646 */
2647 epqstate->relsubs_done[rti - 1] = false;
2648 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[rti - 1] = false;
2649
2650 /*
2651 * Run the EPQ query. We assume it will return at most one tuple.
2652 */
2653 slot = EvalPlanQualNext(epqstate);
2654
2655 /*
2656 * If we got a tuple, force the slot to materialize the tuple so that it
2657 * is not dependent on any local state in the EPQ query (in particular,
2658 * it's highly likely that the slot contains references to any pass-by-ref
2659 * datums that may be present in copyTuple). As with the next step, this
2660 * is to guard against early re-use of the EPQ query.
2661 */
2662 if (!TupIsNull(slot))
2663 ExecMaterializeSlot(slot);
2664
2665 /*
2666 * Clear out the test tuple, and mark that no tuple is available here.
2667 * This is needed in case the EPQ state is re-used to test a tuple for a
2668 * different target relation.
2669 */
2670 ExecClearTuple(testslot);
2671 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[rti - 1] = true;
2672
2673 return slot;
2674}
TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualSlot(EPQState *epqstate, Relation relation, Index rti)
Definition: execMain.c:2749
void EvalPlanQualBegin(EPQState *epqstate)
Definition: execMain.c:2904
TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualNext(EPQState *epqstate)
Definition: execMain.c:2888
bool * relsubs_blocked
Definition: execnodes.h:1347
bool * relsubs_done
Definition: execnodes.h:1338
#define TupIsNull(slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:310
static TupleTableSlot * ExecCopySlot(TupleTableSlot *dstslot, TupleTableSlot *srcslot)
Definition: tuptable.h:525
static void ExecMaterializeSlot(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:476

References Assert(), EvalPlanQualBegin(), EvalPlanQualNext(), EvalPlanQualSlot(), ExecClearTuple(), ExecCopySlot(), ExecMaterializeSlot(), EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, and TupIsNull.

Referenced by ExecDelete(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecUpdate(), and GetTupleForTrigger().

◆ EvalPlanQualBegin()

void EvalPlanQualBegin ( EPQState epqstate)

Definition at line 2904 of file execMain.c.

2905{
2906 EState *parentestate = epqstate->parentestate;
2907 EState *recheckestate = epqstate->recheckestate;
2908
2909 if (recheckestate == NULL)
2910 {
2911 /* First time through, so create a child EState */
2912 EvalPlanQualStart(epqstate, epqstate->plan);
2913 }
2914 else
2915 {
2916 /*
2917 * We already have a suitable child EPQ tree, so just reset it.
2918 */
2919 Index rtsize = parentestate->es_range_table_size;
2920 PlanState *rcplanstate = epqstate->recheckplanstate;
2921
2922 /*
2923 * Reset the relsubs_done[] flags to equal relsubs_blocked[], so that
2924 * the EPQ run will never attempt to fetch tuples from blocked target
2925 * relations.
2926 */
2927 memcpy(epqstate->relsubs_done, epqstate->relsubs_blocked,
2928 rtsize * sizeof(bool));
2929
2930 /* Recopy current values of parent parameters */
2931 if (parentestate->es_plannedstmt->paramExecTypes != NIL)
2932 {
2933 int i;
2934
2935 /*
2936 * Force evaluation of any InitPlan outputs that could be needed
2937 * by the subplan, just in case they got reset since
2938 * EvalPlanQualStart (see comments therein).
2939 */
2940 ExecSetParamPlanMulti(rcplanstate->plan->extParam,
2941 GetPerTupleExprContext(parentestate));
2942
2943 i = list_length(parentestate->es_plannedstmt->paramExecTypes);
2944
2945 while (--i >= 0)
2946 {
2947 /* copy value if any, but not execPlan link */
2948 recheckestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].value =
2949 parentestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].value;
2950 recheckestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].isnull =
2951 parentestate->es_param_exec_vals[i].isnull;
2952 }
2953 }
2954
2955 /*
2956 * Mark child plan tree as needing rescan at all scan nodes. The
2957 * first ExecProcNode will take care of actually doing the rescan.
2958 */
2959 rcplanstate->chgParam = bms_add_member(rcplanstate->chgParam,
2960 epqstate->epqParam);
2961 }
2962}
Bitmapset * bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
Definition: bitmapset.c:815
unsigned int Index
Definition: c.h:585
static void EvalPlanQualStart(EPQState *epqstate, Plan *planTree)
Definition: execMain.c:2971
#define GetPerTupleExprContext(estate)
Definition: executor.h:650
int i
Definition: isn.c:77
void ExecSetParamPlanMulti(const Bitmapset *params, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: nodeSubplan.c:1276
static int list_length(const List *l)
Definition: pg_list.h:152
Plan * plan
Definition: execnodes.h:1310
int epqParam
Definition: execnodes.h:1293
EState * parentestate
Definition: execnodes.h:1292
EState * recheckestate
Definition: execnodes.h:1324
PlanState * recheckplanstate
Definition: execnodes.h:1349
bool isnull
Definition: params.h:150
Datum value
Definition: params.h:149
Plan * plan
Definition: execnodes.h:1156
Bitmapset * chgParam
Definition: execnodes.h:1188
Bitmapset * extParam
Definition: plannodes.h:222
List * paramExecTypes
Definition: plannodes.h:129

References bms_add_member(), PlanState::chgParam, EPQState::epqParam, EState::es_param_exec_vals, EState::es_plannedstmt, EState::es_range_table_size, EvalPlanQualStart(), ExecSetParamPlanMulti(), Plan::extParam, GetPerTupleExprContext, i, ParamExecData::isnull, list_length(), NIL, PlannedStmt::paramExecTypes, EPQState::parentestate, PlanState::plan, EPQState::plan, EPQState::recheckestate, EPQState::recheckplanstate, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, and ParamExecData::value.

Referenced by EvalPlanQual(), ExecDelete(), and ExecLockRows().

◆ EvalPlanQualEnd()

void EvalPlanQualEnd ( EPQState epqstate)

Definition at line 3142 of file execMain.c.

3143{
3144 EState *estate = epqstate->recheckestate;
3145 Index rtsize;
3146 MemoryContext oldcontext;
3147 ListCell *l;
3148
3149 rtsize = epqstate->parentestate->es_range_table_size;
3150
3151 /*
3152 * We may have a tuple table, even if EPQ wasn't started, because we allow
3153 * use of EvalPlanQualSlot() without calling EvalPlanQualBegin().
3154 */
3155 if (epqstate->tuple_table != NIL)
3156 {
3157 memset(epqstate->relsubs_slot, 0,
3158 rtsize * sizeof(TupleTableSlot *));
3159 ExecResetTupleTable(epqstate->tuple_table, true);
3160 epqstate->tuple_table = NIL;
3161 }
3162
3163 /* EPQ wasn't started, nothing further to do */
3164 if (estate == NULL)
3165 return;
3166
3167 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
3168
3169 ExecEndNode(epqstate->recheckplanstate);
3170
3171 foreach(l, estate->es_subplanstates)
3172 {
3173 PlanState *subplanstate = (PlanState *) lfirst(l);
3174
3175 ExecEndNode(subplanstate);
3176 }
3177
3178 /* throw away the per-estate tuple table, some node may have used it */
3179 ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
3180
3181 /* Close any result and trigger target relations attached to this EState */
3183
3184 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
3185
3186 FreeExecutorState(estate);
3187
3188 /* Mark EPQState idle */
3189 epqstate->origslot = NULL;
3190 epqstate->recheckestate = NULL;
3191 epqstate->recheckplanstate = NULL;
3192 epqstate->relsubs_rowmark = NULL;
3193 epqstate->relsubs_done = NULL;
3194 epqstate->relsubs_blocked = NULL;
3195}
void ExecCloseResultRelations(EState *estate)
Definition: execMain.c:1547
void ExecEndNode(PlanState *node)
Definition: execProcnode.c:562
void ExecResetTupleTable(List *tupleTable, bool shouldFree)
Definition: execTuples.c:1380
void FreeExecutorState(EState *estate)
Definition: execUtils.c:192
#define lfirst(lc)
Definition: pg_list.h:172
ExecAuxRowMark ** relsubs_rowmark
Definition: execnodes.h:1331
TupleTableSlot * origslot
Definition: execnodes.h:1319
TupleTableSlot ** relsubs_slot
Definition: execnodes.h:1303
List * tuple_table
Definition: execnodes.h:1302

References EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_subplanstates, EState::es_tupleTable, ExecCloseResultRelations(), ExecEndNode(), ExecResetTupleTable(), FreeExecutorState(), lfirst, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NIL, EPQState::origslot, EPQState::parentestate, EPQState::recheckestate, EPQState::recheckplanstate, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, EPQState::relsubs_rowmark, EPQState::relsubs_slot, and EPQState::tuple_table.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete_internal(), apply_handle_tuple_routing(), apply_handle_update_internal(), EvalPlanQualSetPlan(), ExecEndLockRows(), ExecEndModifyTable(), and ExecLockRows().

◆ EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark()

bool EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark ( EPQState epqstate,
Index  rti,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)

Definition at line 2777 of file execMain.c.

2778{
2779 ExecAuxRowMark *earm = epqstate->relsubs_rowmark[rti - 1];
2780 ExecRowMark *erm;
2781 Datum datum;
2782 bool isNull;
2783
2784 Assert(earm != NULL);
2785 Assert(epqstate->origslot != NULL);
2786
2787 erm = earm->rowmark;
2788
2790 elog(ERROR, "EvalPlanQual doesn't support locking rowmarks");
2791
2792 /* if child rel, must check whether it produced this row */
2793 if (erm->rti != erm->prti)
2794 {
2795 Oid tableoid;
2796
2797 datum = ExecGetJunkAttribute(epqstate->origslot,
2798 earm->toidAttNo,
2799 &isNull);
2800 /* non-locked rels could be on the inside of outer joins */
2801 if (isNull)
2802 return false;
2803
2804 tableoid = DatumGetObjectId(datum);
2805
2806 Assert(OidIsValid(erm->relid));
2807 if (tableoid != erm->relid)
2808 {
2809 /* this child is inactive right now */
2810 return false;
2811 }
2812 }
2813
2814 if (erm->markType == ROW_MARK_REFERENCE)
2815 {
2816 Assert(erm->relation != NULL);
2817
2818 /* fetch the tuple's ctid */
2819 datum = ExecGetJunkAttribute(epqstate->origslot,
2820 earm->ctidAttNo,
2821 &isNull);
2822 /* non-locked rels could be on the inside of outer joins */
2823 if (isNull)
2824 return false;
2825
2826 /* fetch requests on foreign tables must be passed to their FDW */
2827 if (erm->relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
2828 {
2829 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine;
2830 bool updated = false;
2831
2832 fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineForRelation(erm->relation, false);
2833 /* this should have been checked already, but let's be safe */
2834 if (fdwroutine->RefetchForeignRow == NULL)
2835 ereport(ERROR,
2836 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2837 errmsg("cannot lock rows in foreign table \"%s\"",
2839
2840 fdwroutine->RefetchForeignRow(epqstate->recheckestate,
2841 erm,
2842 datum,
2843 slot,
2844 &updated);
2845 if (TupIsNull(slot))
2846 elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for EvalPlanQual recheck");
2847
2848 /*
2849 * Ideally we'd insist on updated == false here, but that assumes
2850 * that FDWs can track that exactly, which they might not be able
2851 * to. So just ignore the flag.
2852 */
2853 return true;
2854 }
2855 else
2856 {
2857 /* ordinary table, fetch the tuple */
2860 SnapshotAny, slot))
2861 elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for EvalPlanQual recheck");
2862 return true;
2863 }
2864 }
2865 else
2866 {
2867 Assert(erm->markType == ROW_MARK_COPY);
2868
2869 /* fetch the whole-row Var for the relation */
2870 datum = ExecGetJunkAttribute(epqstate->origslot,
2871 earm->wholeAttNo,
2872 &isNull);
2873 /* non-locked rels could be on the inside of outer joins */
2874 if (isNull)
2875 return false;
2876
2877 ExecStoreHeapTupleDatum(datum, slot);
2878 return true;
2879 }
2880}
void ExecStoreHeapTupleDatum(Datum data, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1795
static Datum ExecGetJunkAttribute(TupleTableSlot *slot, AttrNumber attno, bool *isNull)
Definition: executor.h:221
FdwRoutine * GetFdwRoutineForRelation(Relation relation, bool makecopy)
Definition: foreign.c:443
#define RowMarkRequiresRowShareLock(marktype)
Definition: plannodes.h:1487
@ ROW_MARK_COPY
Definition: plannodes.h:1484
@ ROW_MARK_REFERENCE
Definition: plannodes.h:1483
static Oid DatumGetObjectId(Datum X)
Definition: postgres.h:247
unsigned int Oid
Definition: postgres_ext.h:30
#define SnapshotAny
Definition: snapmgr.h:33
AttrNumber wholeAttNo
Definition: execnodes.h:820
ExecRowMark * rowmark
Definition: execnodes.h:817
AttrNumber toidAttNo
Definition: execnodes.h:819
AttrNumber ctidAttNo
Definition: execnodes.h:818
Index rti
Definition: execnodes.h:795
Index prti
Definition: execnodes.h:796
Relation relation
Definition: execnodes.h:793
RowMarkType markType
Definition: execnodes.h:798
RefetchForeignRow_function RefetchForeignRow
Definition: fdwapi.h:248
static bool table_tuple_fetch_row_version(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid, Snapshot snapshot, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tableam.h:1248

References Assert(), ExecAuxRowMark::ctidAttNo, DatumGetObjectId(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecGetJunkAttribute(), ExecStoreHeapTupleDatum(), GetFdwRoutineForRelation(), ExecRowMark::markType, OidIsValid, EPQState::origslot, ExecRowMark::prti, RelationData::rd_rel, EPQState::recheckestate, FdwRoutine::RefetchForeignRow, ExecRowMark::relation, RelationGetRelationName, ExecRowMark::relid, EPQState::relsubs_rowmark, ROW_MARK_COPY, ROW_MARK_REFERENCE, ExecAuxRowMark::rowmark, RowMarkRequiresRowShareLock, ExecRowMark::rti, SnapshotAny, table_tuple_fetch_row_version(), ExecAuxRowMark::toidAttNo, TupIsNull, and ExecAuxRowMark::wholeAttNo.

Referenced by ExecScanFetch().

◆ EvalPlanQualInit()

void EvalPlanQualInit ( EPQState epqstate,
EState parentestate,
Plan subplan,
List auxrowmarks,
int  epqParam,
List resultRelations 
)

Definition at line 2690 of file execMain.c.

2693{
2694 Index rtsize = parentestate->es_range_table_size;
2695
2696 /* initialize data not changing over EPQState's lifetime */
2697 epqstate->parentestate = parentestate;
2698 epqstate->epqParam = epqParam;
2699 epqstate->resultRelations = resultRelations;
2700
2701 /*
2702 * Allocate space to reference a slot for each potential rti - do so now
2703 * rather than in EvalPlanQualBegin(), as done for other dynamically
2704 * allocated resources, so EvalPlanQualSlot() can be used to hold tuples
2705 * that *may* need EPQ later, without forcing the overhead of
2706 * EvalPlanQualBegin().
2707 */
2708 epqstate->tuple_table = NIL;
2709 epqstate->relsubs_slot = (TupleTableSlot **)
2710 palloc0(rtsize * sizeof(TupleTableSlot *));
2711
2712 /* ... and remember data that EvalPlanQualBegin will need */
2713 epqstate->plan = subplan;
2714 epqstate->arowMarks = auxrowmarks;
2715
2716 /* ... and mark the EPQ state inactive */
2717 epqstate->origslot = NULL;
2718 epqstate->recheckestate = NULL;
2719 epqstate->recheckplanstate = NULL;
2720 epqstate->relsubs_rowmark = NULL;
2721 epqstate->relsubs_done = NULL;
2722 epqstate->relsubs_blocked = NULL;
2723}
void * palloc0(Size size)
Definition: mcxt.c:1351
List * resultRelations
Definition: execnodes.h:1294
List * arowMarks
Definition: execnodes.h:1311

References EPQState::arowMarks, EPQState::epqParam, EState::es_range_table_size, NIL, EPQState::origslot, palloc0(), EPQState::parentestate, EPQState::plan, EPQState::recheckestate, EPQState::recheckplanstate, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, EPQState::relsubs_rowmark, EPQState::relsubs_slot, EPQState::resultRelations, and EPQState::tuple_table.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete_internal(), apply_handle_tuple_routing(), apply_handle_update_internal(), ExecInitLockRows(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ EvalPlanQualNext()

TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualNext ( EPQState epqstate)

Definition at line 2888 of file execMain.c.

2889{
2890 MemoryContext oldcontext;
2891 TupleTableSlot *slot;
2892
2893 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(epqstate->recheckestate->es_query_cxt);
2894 slot = ExecProcNode(epqstate->recheckplanstate);
2895 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
2896
2897 return slot;
2898}
static TupleTableSlot * ExecProcNode(PlanState *node)
Definition: executor.h:308

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecProcNode(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), EPQState::recheckestate, and EPQState::recheckplanstate.

Referenced by EvalPlanQual(), and ExecLockRows().

◆ EvalPlanQualSetPlan()

void EvalPlanQualSetPlan ( EPQState epqstate,
Plan subplan,
List auxrowmarks 
)

Definition at line 2732 of file execMain.c.

2733{
2734 /* If we have a live EPQ query, shut it down */
2735 EvalPlanQualEnd(epqstate);
2736 /* And set/change the plan pointer */
2737 epqstate->plan = subplan;
2738 /* The rowmarks depend on the plan, too */
2739 epqstate->arowMarks = auxrowmarks;
2740}
void EvalPlanQualEnd(EPQState *epqstate)
Definition: execMain.c:3142

References EPQState::arowMarks, EvalPlanQualEnd(), and EPQState::plan.

Referenced by ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ EvalPlanQualSlot()

TupleTableSlot * EvalPlanQualSlot ( EPQState epqstate,
Relation  relation,
Index  rti 
)

Definition at line 2749 of file execMain.c.

2751{
2752 TupleTableSlot **slot;
2753
2754 Assert(relation);
2755 Assert(rti > 0 && rti <= epqstate->parentestate->es_range_table_size);
2756 slot = &epqstate->relsubs_slot[rti - 1];
2757
2758 if (*slot == NULL)
2759 {
2760 MemoryContext oldcontext;
2761
2762 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(epqstate->parentestate->es_query_cxt);
2763 *slot = table_slot_create(relation, &epqstate->tuple_table);
2764 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
2765 }
2766
2767 return *slot;
2768}
TupleTableSlot * table_slot_create(Relation relation, List **reglist)
Definition: tableam.c:92

References Assert(), EState::es_query_cxt, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), EPQState::parentestate, EPQState::relsubs_slot, table_slot_create(), and EPQState::tuple_table.

Referenced by EvalPlanQual(), ExecDelete(), ExecLockRows(), ExecMergeMatched(), and ExecUpdate().

◆ exec_rt_fetch()

◆ ExecAssignExprContext()

◆ ExecAssignProjectionInfo()

void ExecAssignProjectionInfo ( PlanState planstate,
TupleDesc  inputDesc 
)

Definition at line 583 of file execUtils.c.

585{
586 planstate->ps_ProjInfo =
588 planstate->ps_ExprContext,
589 planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot,
590 planstate,
591 inputDesc);
592}
ProjectionInfo * ExecBuildProjectionInfo(List *targetList, ExprContext *econtext, TupleTableSlot *slot, PlanState *parent, TupleDesc inputDesc)
Definition: execExpr.c:370
TupleTableSlot * ps_ResultTupleSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:1194
ProjectionInfo * ps_ProjInfo
Definition: execnodes.h:1196
List * targetlist
Definition: plannodes.h:202

References ExecBuildProjectionInfo(), PlanState::plan, PlanState::ps_ExprContext, PlanState::ps_ProjInfo, PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, and Plan::targetlist.

Referenced by ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitResult(), and ExecInitWindowAgg().

◆ ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo()

◆ ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno()

void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno ( ScanState node,
int  varno 
)

◆ ExecAssignScanType()

void ExecAssignScanType ( ScanState scanstate,
TupleDesc  tupDesc 
)

Definition at line 692 of file execUtils.c.

693{
694 TupleTableSlot *slot = scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot;
695
696 ExecSetSlotDescriptor(slot, tupDesc);
697}
void ExecSetSlotDescriptor(TupleTableSlot *slot, TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: execTuples.c:1478

References ExecSetSlotDescriptor(), and ScanState::ss_ScanTupleSlot.

Referenced by ExecWorkTableScan().

◆ ExecBuildAggTrans()

ExprState * ExecBuildAggTrans ( AggState aggstate,
struct AggStatePerPhaseData phase,
bool  doSort,
bool  doHash,
bool  nullcheck 
)

◆ ExecBuildAuxRowMark()

ExecAuxRowMark * ExecBuildAuxRowMark ( ExecRowMark erm,
List targetlist 
)

Definition at line 2551 of file execMain.c.

2552{
2554 char resname[32];
2555
2556 aerm->rowmark = erm;
2557
2558 /* Look up the resjunk columns associated with this rowmark */
2559 if (erm->markType != ROW_MARK_COPY)
2560 {
2561 /* need ctid for all methods other than COPY */
2562 snprintf(resname, sizeof(resname), "ctid%u", erm->rowmarkId);
2563 aerm->ctidAttNo = ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(targetlist,
2564 resname);
2566 elog(ERROR, "could not find junk %s column", resname);
2567 }
2568 else
2569 {
2570 /* need wholerow if COPY */
2571 snprintf(resname, sizeof(resname), "wholerow%u", erm->rowmarkId);
2572 aerm->wholeAttNo = ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(targetlist,
2573 resname);
2575 elog(ERROR, "could not find junk %s column", resname);
2576 }
2577
2578 /* if child rel, need tableoid */
2579 if (erm->rti != erm->prti)
2580 {
2581 snprintf(resname, sizeof(resname), "tableoid%u", erm->rowmarkId);
2582 aerm->toidAttNo = ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(targetlist,
2583 resname);
2585 elog(ERROR, "could not find junk %s column", resname);
2586 }
2587
2588 return aerm;
2589}
#define AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber)
Definition: attnum.h:34
AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(List *targetlist, const char *attrName)
Definition: execJunk.c:222
#define snprintf
Definition: port.h:239
Index rowmarkId
Definition: execnodes.h:797

References AttributeNumberIsValid, ExecAuxRowMark::ctidAttNo, elog, ERROR, ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(), ExecRowMark::markType, palloc0(), ExecRowMark::prti, ROW_MARK_COPY, ExecAuxRowMark::rowmark, ExecRowMark::rowmarkId, ExecRowMark::rti, snprintf, ExecAuxRowMark::toidAttNo, and ExecAuxRowMark::wholeAttNo.

Referenced by ExecInitLockRows(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecBuildGroupingEqual()

ExprState * ExecBuildGroupingEqual ( TupleDesc  ldesc,
TupleDesc  rdesc,
const TupleTableSlotOps lops,
const TupleTableSlotOps rops,
int  numCols,
const AttrNumber keyColIdx,
const Oid eqfunctions,
const Oid collations,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 4465 of file execExpr.c.

4472{
4474 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4475 int maxatt = -1;
4476 List *adjust_jumps = NIL;
4477 ListCell *lc;
4478
4479 /*
4480 * When no columns are actually compared, the result's always true. See
4481 * special case in ExecQual().
4482 */
4483 if (numCols == 0)
4484 return NULL;
4485
4486 state->expr = NULL;
4487 state->flags = EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL;
4488 state->parent = parent;
4489
4490 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4491 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4492
4493 /* compute max needed attribute */
4494 for (int natt = 0; natt < numCols; natt++)
4495 {
4496 int attno = keyColIdx[natt];
4497
4498 if (attno > maxatt)
4499 maxatt = attno;
4500 }
4501 Assert(maxatt >= 0);
4502
4503 /* push deform steps */
4504 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME;
4505 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4506 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4507 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = ldesc;
4508 scratch.d.fetch.kind = lops;
4509 if (ExecComputeSlotInfo(state, &scratch))
4510 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4511
4512 scratch.opcode = EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME;
4513 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4514 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4515 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = rdesc;
4516 scratch.d.fetch.kind = rops;
4517 if (ExecComputeSlotInfo(state, &scratch))
4518 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4519
4520 /*
4521 * Start comparing at the last field (least significant sort key). That's
4522 * the most likely to be different if we are dealing with sorted input.
4523 */
4524 for (int natt = numCols; --natt >= 0;)
4525 {
4526 int attno = keyColIdx[natt];
4527 Form_pg_attribute latt = TupleDescAttr(ldesc, attno - 1);
4528 Form_pg_attribute ratt = TupleDescAttr(rdesc, attno - 1);
4529 Oid foid = eqfunctions[natt];
4530 Oid collid = collations[natt];
4531 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4532 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4533 AclResult aclresult;
4534
4535 /* Check permission to call function */
4536 aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, foid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
4537 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
4538 aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION, get_func_name(foid));
4539
4541
4542 /* Set up the primary fmgr lookup information */
4543 finfo = palloc0(sizeof(FmgrInfo));
4544 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(2));
4545 fmgr_info(foid, finfo);
4546 fmgr_info_set_expr(NULL, finfo);
4547 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 2,
4548 collid, NULL, NULL);
4549
4550 /* left arg */
4551 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_VAR;
4552 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno - 1;
4553 scratch.d.var.vartype = latt->atttypid;
4555 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[0].value;
4556 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[0].isnull;
4557 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4558
4559 /* right arg */
4560 scratch.opcode = EEOP_OUTER_VAR;
4561 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno - 1;
4562 scratch.d.var.vartype = ratt->atttypid;
4564 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[1].value;
4565 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[1].isnull;
4566 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4567
4568 /* evaluate distinctness */
4569 scratch.opcode = EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT;
4570 scratch.d.func.finfo = finfo;
4571 scratch.d.func.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4572 scratch.d.func.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4573 scratch.d.func.nargs = 2;
4574 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4575 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4576 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4577
4578 /* then emit EEOP_QUAL to detect if result is false (or null) */
4579 scratch.opcode = EEOP_QUAL;
4580 scratch.d.qualexpr.jumpdone = -1;
4581 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4582 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4583 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4584 adjust_jumps = lappend_int(adjust_jumps,
4585 state->steps_len - 1);
4586 }
4587
4588 /* adjust jump targets */
4589 foreach(lc, adjust_jumps)
4590 {
4591 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[lfirst_int(lc)];
4592
4593 Assert(as->opcode == EEOP_QUAL);
4594 Assert(as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone == -1);
4595 as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
4596 }
4597
4598 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4599 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4600 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4601 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4602
4604
4605 return state;
4606}
AclResult
Definition: acl.h:182
@ ACLCHECK_OK
Definition: acl.h:183
void aclcheck_error(AclResult aclerr, ObjectType objtype, const char *objectname)
Definition: aclchk.c:2639
AclResult object_aclcheck(Oid classid, Oid objectid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:3821
Oid collid
void ExprEvalPushStep(ExprState *es, const ExprEvalStep *s)
Definition: execExpr.c:2678
static bool ExecComputeSlotInfo(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op)
Definition: execExpr.c:3062
static void ExecReadyExpr(ExprState *state)
Definition: execExpr.c:902
@ EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT
Definition: execExpr.h:190
@ EEOP_DONE_RETURN
Definition: execExpr.h:69
@ EEOP_INNER_VAR
Definition: execExpr.h:82
@ EEOP_QUAL
Definition: execExpr.h:148
@ EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME
Definition: execExpr.h:75
@ EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME
Definition: execExpr.h:76
@ EEOP_OUTER_VAR
Definition: execExpr.h:83
#define EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL
Definition: execnodes.h:76
void fmgr_info(Oid functionId, FmgrInfo *finfo)
Definition: fmgr.c:127
#define SizeForFunctionCallInfo(nargs)
Definition: fmgr.h:102
#define InitFunctionCallInfoData(Fcinfo, Flinfo, Nargs, Collation, Context, Resultinfo)
Definition: fmgr.h:150
#define fmgr_info_set_expr(expr, finfo)
Definition: fmgr.h:135
List * lappend_int(List *list, int datum)
Definition: list.c:357
char * get_func_name(Oid funcid)
Definition: lsyscache.c:1748
Oid GetUserId(void)
Definition: miscinit.c:520
#define InvokeFunctionExecuteHook(objectId)
Definition: objectaccess.h:213
@ OBJECT_FUNCTION
Definition: parsenodes.h:2336
#define ACL_EXECUTE
Definition: parsenodes.h:83
FormData_pg_attribute * Form_pg_attribute
Definition: pg_attribute.h:202
#define lfirst_int(lc)
Definition: pg_list.h:173
@ VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT
Definition: primnodes.h:256
int last_var
Definition: execExpr.h:325
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@57 var
VarReturningType varreturningtype
Definition: execExpr.h:341
intptr_t opcode
Definition: execExpr.h:307
PGFunction fn_addr
Definition: execExpr.h:391
TupleDesc known_desc
Definition: execExpr.h:329
Datum * resvalue
Definition: execExpr.h:310
const TupleTableSlotOps * kind
Definition: execExpr.h:331
FunctionCallInfo fcinfo_data
Definition: execExpr.h:389
int jumpdone
Definition: execExpr.h:374
union ExprEvalStep::@55 d
bool fixed
Definition: execExpr.h:327
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@65 qualexpr
bool * resnull
Definition: execExpr.h:311
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@63 func
FmgrInfo * finfo
Definition: execExpr.h:388
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@56 fetch
Definition: fmgr.h:57
PGFunction fn_addr
Definition: fmgr.h:58
NullableDatum args[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]
Definition: fmgr.h:95
Definition: pg_list.h:54
Datum value
Definition: postgres.h:80
bool isnull
Definition: postgres.h:82
Definition: regguts.h:323
static FormData_pg_attribute * TupleDescAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition: tupdesc.h:160

References ACL_EXECUTE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert(), ExprEvalStep::attnum, collid, ExprEvalStep::d, EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_INNER_VAR, EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT, EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_QUAL, ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), ExprEvalStep::fcinfo_data, ExprEvalStep::fetch, ExprEvalStep::finfo, ExprEvalStep::fixed, fmgr_info(), fmgr_info_set_expr, ExprEvalStep::fn_addr, FmgrInfo::fn_addr, ExprEvalStep::func, get_func_name(), GetUserId(), InitFunctionCallInfoData, InvokeFunctionExecuteHook, NullableDatum::isnull, ExprEvalStep::jumpdone, ExprEvalStep::kind, ExprEvalStep::known_desc, lappend_int(), ExprEvalStep::last_var, lfirst_int, makeNode, ExprEvalStep::nargs, NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, ExprEvalStep::opcode, palloc0(), ExprEvalStep::qualexpr, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, TupleDescAttr(), NullableDatum::value, ExprEvalStep::var, VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT, ExprEvalStep::varreturningtype, and ExprEvalStep::vartype.

Referenced by BuildTupleHashTable(), ExecInitSubPlan(), and execTuplesMatchPrepare().

◆ ExecBuildHash32Expr()

ExprState * ExecBuildHash32Expr ( TupleDesc  desc,
const TupleTableSlotOps ops,
const Oid hashfunc_oids,
const List collations,
const List hash_exprs,
const bool *  opstrict,
PlanState parent,
uint32  init_value,
bool  keep_nulls 
)

Definition at line 4300 of file execExpr.c.

4304{
4306 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4307 NullableDatum *iresult = NULL;
4308 List *adjust_jumps = NIL;
4309 ListCell *lc;
4310 ListCell *lc2;
4311 intptr_t strict_opcode;
4312 intptr_t opcode;
4313 int num_exprs = list_length(hash_exprs);
4314
4315 Assert(num_exprs == list_length(collations));
4316
4317 state->parent = parent;
4318
4319 /* Insert setup steps as needed. */
4320 ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(state, (Node *) hash_exprs);
4321
4322 /*
4323 * Make a place to store intermediate hash values between subsequent
4324 * hashing of individual expressions. We only need this if there is more
4325 * than one expression to hash or an initial value plus one expression.
4326 */
4327 if ((int64) num_exprs + (init_value != 0) > 1)
4328 iresult = palloc(sizeof(NullableDatum));
4329
4330 if (init_value == 0)
4331 {
4332 /*
4333 * No initial value, so we can assign the result of the hash function
4334 * for the first hash_expr without having to concern ourselves with
4335 * combining the result with any initial value.
4336 */
4337 strict_opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST_STRICT;
4338 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST;
4339 }
4340 else
4341 {
4342 /*
4343 * Set up operation to set the initial value. Normally we store this
4344 * in the intermediate hash value location, but if there are no exprs
4345 * to hash, store it in the ExprState's result field.
4346 */
4348 scratch.d.hashdatum_initvalue.init_value = UInt32GetDatum(init_value);
4349 scratch.resvalue = num_exprs > 0 ? &iresult->value : &state->resvalue;
4350 scratch.resnull = num_exprs > 0 ? &iresult->isnull : &state->resnull;
4351
4352 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4353
4354 /*
4355 * When using an initial value use the NEXT32/NEXT32_STRICT ops as the
4356 * FIRST/FIRST_STRICT ops would overwrite the stored initial value.
4357 */
4358 strict_opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32_STRICT;
4359 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4360 }
4361
4362 forboth(lc, hash_exprs, lc2, collations)
4363 {
4364 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
4365 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4366 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4367 int i = foreach_current_index(lc);
4368 Oid funcid;
4369 Oid inputcollid = lfirst_oid(lc2);
4370
4371 funcid = hashfunc_oids[i];
4372
4373 /* Allocate hash function lookup data. */
4374 finfo = palloc0(sizeof(FmgrInfo));
4375 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(1));
4376
4377 fmgr_info(funcid, finfo);
4378
4379 /*
4380 * Build the steps to evaluate the hash function's argument have it so
4381 * the value of that is stored in the 0th argument of the hash func.
4382 */
4383 ExecInitExprRec(expr,
4384 state,
4385 &fcinfo->args[0].value,
4386 &fcinfo->args[0].isnull);
4387
4388 if (i == num_exprs - 1)
4389 {
4390 /* the result for hashing the final expr is stored in the state */
4391 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4392 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4393 }
4394 else
4395 {
4396 Assert(iresult != NULL);
4397
4398 /* intermediate values are stored in an intermediate result */
4399 scratch.resvalue = &iresult->value;
4400 scratch.resnull = &iresult->isnull;
4401 }
4402
4403 /*
4404 * NEXT32 opcodes need to look at the intermediate result. We might
4405 * as well just set this for all ops. FIRSTs won't look at it.
4406 */
4407 scratch.d.hashdatum.iresult = iresult;
4408
4409 /* Initialize function call parameter structure too */
4410 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 1, inputcollid, NULL, NULL);
4411
4412 scratch.d.hashdatum.finfo = finfo;
4413 scratch.d.hashdatum.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4414 scratch.d.hashdatum.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4415
4416 scratch.opcode = opstrict[i] && !keep_nulls ? strict_opcode : opcode;
4417 scratch.d.hashdatum.jumpdone = -1;
4418
4419 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4420 adjust_jumps = lappend_int(adjust_jumps, state->steps_len - 1);
4421
4422 /*
4423 * For subsequent keys we must combine the hash value with the
4424 * previous hashes.
4425 */
4426 strict_opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32_STRICT;
4427 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4428 }
4429
4430 /* adjust jump targets */
4431 foreach(lc, adjust_jumps)
4432 {
4433 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[lfirst_int(lc)];
4434
4439 Assert(as->d.hashdatum.jumpdone == -1);
4440 as->d.hashdatum.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
4441 }
4442
4443 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4444 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4445 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4446 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4447
4449
4450 return state;
4451}
int64_t int64
Definition: c.h:499
static void ExecInitExprRec(Expr *node, ExprState *state, Datum *resv, bool *resnull)
Definition: execExpr.c:919
static void ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(ExprState *state, Node *node)
Definition: execExpr.c:2881
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32_STRICT
Definition: execExpr.h:259
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST_STRICT
Definition: execExpr.h:257
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32
Definition: execExpr.h:258
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST
Definition: execExpr.h:256
@ EEOP_HASHDATUM_SET_INITVAL
Definition: execExpr.h:255
#define forboth(cell1, list1, cell2, list2)
Definition: pg_list.h:518
#define foreach_current_index(var_or_cell)
Definition: pg_list.h:403
#define lfirst_oid(lc)
Definition: pg_list.h:174
static Datum UInt32GetDatum(uint32 X)
Definition: postgres.h:237
NullableDatum * iresult
Definition: execExpr.h:610
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@86 hashdatum_initvalue
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@87 hashdatum
Datum init_value
Definition: execExpr.h:598
Definition: nodes.h:135

References FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert(), ExprEvalStep::d, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST, EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST_STRICT, EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32, EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32_STRICT, EEOP_HASHDATUM_SET_INITVAL, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), ExprEvalStep::fcinfo_data, ExprEvalStep::finfo, fmgr_info(), ExprEvalStep::fn_addr, FmgrInfo::fn_addr, forboth, foreach_current_index, ExprEvalStep::hashdatum, ExprEvalStep::hashdatum_initvalue, i, ExprEvalStep::init_value, InitFunctionCallInfoData, ExprEvalStep::iresult, NullableDatum::isnull, ExprEvalStep::jumpdone, lappend_int(), lfirst, lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, list_length(), makeNode, NIL, ExprEvalStep::opcode, palloc(), palloc0(), ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, UInt32GetDatum(), and NullableDatum::value.

Referenced by ExecInitHashJoin().

◆ ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs()

ExprState * ExecBuildHash32FromAttrs ( TupleDesc  desc,
const TupleTableSlotOps ops,
FmgrInfo hashfunctions,
Oid collations,
int  numCols,
AttrNumber keyColIdx,
PlanState parent,
uint32  init_value 
)

Definition at line 4141 of file execExpr.c.

4145{
4147 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4148 NullableDatum *iresult = NULL;
4149 intptr_t opcode;
4150 AttrNumber last_attnum = 0;
4151
4152 Assert(numCols >= 0);
4153
4154 state->parent = parent;
4155
4156 /*
4157 * Make a place to store intermediate hash values between subsequent
4158 * hashing of individual columns. We only need this if there is more than
4159 * one column to hash or an initial value plus one column.
4160 */
4161 if ((int64) numCols + (init_value != 0) > 1)
4162 iresult = palloc(sizeof(NullableDatum));
4163
4164 /* find the highest attnum so we deform the tuple to that point */
4165 for (int i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
4166 last_attnum = Max(last_attnum, keyColIdx[i]);
4167
4168 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME;
4169 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = last_attnum;
4170 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4171 scratch.d.fetch.kind = ops;
4172 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = desc;
4173 if (ExecComputeSlotInfo(state, &scratch))
4174 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4175
4176 if (init_value == 0)
4177 {
4178 /*
4179 * No initial value, so we can assign the result of the hash function
4180 * for the first attribute without having to concern ourselves with
4181 * combining the result with any initial value.
4182 */
4183 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST;
4184 }
4185 else
4186 {
4187 /*
4188 * Set up operation to set the initial value. Normally we store this
4189 * in the intermediate hash value location, but if there are no
4190 * columns to hash, store it in the ExprState's result field.
4191 */
4193 scratch.d.hashdatum_initvalue.init_value = UInt32GetDatum(init_value);
4194 scratch.resvalue = numCols > 0 ? &iresult->value : &state->resvalue;
4195 scratch.resnull = numCols > 0 ? &iresult->isnull : &state->resnull;
4196
4197 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4198
4199 /*
4200 * When using an initial value use the NEXT32 ops as the FIRST ops
4201 * would overwrite the stored initial value.
4202 */
4203 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4204 }
4205
4206 for (int i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
4207 {
4208 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4209 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4210 Oid inputcollid = collations[i];
4211 AttrNumber attnum = keyColIdx[i] - 1;
4212
4213 finfo = &hashfunctions[i];
4214 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(1));
4215
4216 /* Initialize function call parameter structure too */
4217 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 1, inputcollid, NULL, NULL);
4218
4219 /*
4220 * Fetch inner Var for this attnum and store it in the 1st arg of the
4221 * hash func.
4222 */
4223 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_VAR;
4224 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[0].value;
4225 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[0].isnull;
4226 scratch.d.var.attnum = attnum;
4227 scratch.d.var.vartype = TupleDescAttr(desc, attnum)->atttypid;
4229
4230 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4231
4232 /* Call the hash function */
4233 scratch.opcode = opcode;
4234
4235 if (i == numCols - 1)
4236 {
4237 /*
4238 * The result for hashing the final column is stored in the
4239 * ExprState.
4240 */
4241 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4242 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4243 }
4244 else
4245 {
4246 Assert(iresult != NULL);
4247
4248 /* intermediate values are stored in an intermediate result */
4249 scratch.resvalue = &iresult->value;
4250 scratch.resnull = &iresult->isnull;
4251 }
4252
4253 /*
4254 * NEXT32 opcodes need to look at the intermediate result. We might
4255 * as well just set this for all ops. FIRSTs won't look at it.
4256 */
4257 scratch.d.hashdatum.iresult = iresult;
4258
4259 scratch.d.hashdatum.finfo = finfo;
4260 scratch.d.hashdatum.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4261 scratch.d.hashdatum.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4262 scratch.d.hashdatum.jumpdone = -1;
4263
4264 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4265
4266 /* subsequent attnums must be combined with the previous */
4267 opcode = EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32;
4268 }
4269
4270 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4271 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4272 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4273 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4274
4276
4277 return state;
4278}
int16 AttrNumber
Definition: attnum.h:21
int16 attnum
Definition: pg_attribute.h:74

References FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert(), attnum, ExprEvalStep::attnum, ExprEvalStep::d, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_HASHDATUM_FIRST, EEOP_HASHDATUM_NEXT32, EEOP_HASHDATUM_SET_INITVAL, EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_INNER_VAR, ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), ExprEvalStep::fcinfo_data, ExprEvalStep::fetch, ExprEvalStep::finfo, ExprEvalStep::fixed, ExprEvalStep::fn_addr, FmgrInfo::fn_addr, ExprEvalStep::hashdatum, ExprEvalStep::hashdatum_initvalue, i, ExprEvalStep::init_value, InitFunctionCallInfoData, ExprEvalStep::iresult, NullableDatum::isnull, ExprEvalStep::jumpdone, ExprEvalStep::kind, ExprEvalStep::known_desc, ExprEvalStep::last_var, makeNode, Max, ExprEvalStep::opcode, palloc(), palloc0(), ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, TupleDescAttr(), UInt32GetDatum(), NullableDatum::value, ExprEvalStep::var, VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT, ExprEvalStep::varreturningtype, and ExprEvalStep::vartype.

Referenced by BuildTupleHashTable(), and ExecInitSubPlan().

◆ ExecBuildParamSetEqual()

ExprState * ExecBuildParamSetEqual ( TupleDesc  desc,
const TupleTableSlotOps lops,
const TupleTableSlotOps rops,
const Oid eqfunctions,
const Oid collations,
const List param_exprs,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 4624 of file execExpr.c.

4631{
4633 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
4634 int maxatt = list_length(param_exprs);
4635 List *adjust_jumps = NIL;
4636 ListCell *lc;
4637
4638 state->expr = NULL;
4639 state->flags = EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL;
4640 state->parent = parent;
4641
4642 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4643 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4644
4645 /* push deform steps */
4646 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME;
4647 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4648 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4649 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = desc;
4650 scratch.d.fetch.kind = lops;
4651 if (ExecComputeSlotInfo(state, &scratch))
4652 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4653
4654 scratch.opcode = EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME;
4655 scratch.d.fetch.last_var = maxatt;
4656 scratch.d.fetch.fixed = false;
4657 scratch.d.fetch.known_desc = desc;
4658 scratch.d.fetch.kind = rops;
4659 if (ExecComputeSlotInfo(state, &scratch))
4660 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4661
4662 for (int attno = 0; attno < maxatt; attno++)
4663 {
4664 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(desc, attno);
4665 Oid foid = eqfunctions[attno];
4666 Oid collid = collations[attno];
4667 FmgrInfo *finfo;
4668 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
4669 AclResult aclresult;
4670
4671 /* Check permission to call function */
4672 aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, foid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
4673 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
4674 aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION, get_func_name(foid));
4675
4677
4678 /* Set up the primary fmgr lookup information */
4679 finfo = palloc0(sizeof(FmgrInfo));
4680 fcinfo = palloc0(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(2));
4681 fmgr_info(foid, finfo);
4682 fmgr_info_set_expr(NULL, finfo);
4683 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 2,
4684 collid, NULL, NULL);
4685
4686 /* left arg */
4687 scratch.opcode = EEOP_INNER_VAR;
4688 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno;
4689 scratch.d.var.vartype = att->atttypid;
4691 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[0].value;
4692 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[0].isnull;
4693 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4694
4695 /* right arg */
4696 scratch.opcode = EEOP_OUTER_VAR;
4697 scratch.d.var.attnum = attno;
4698 scratch.d.var.vartype = att->atttypid;
4700 scratch.resvalue = &fcinfo->args[1].value;
4701 scratch.resnull = &fcinfo->args[1].isnull;
4702 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4703
4704 /* evaluate distinctness */
4705 scratch.opcode = EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT;
4706 scratch.d.func.finfo = finfo;
4707 scratch.d.func.fcinfo_data = fcinfo;
4708 scratch.d.func.fn_addr = finfo->fn_addr;
4709 scratch.d.func.nargs = 2;
4710 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4711 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4712 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4713
4714 /* then emit EEOP_QUAL to detect if result is false (or null) */
4715 scratch.opcode = EEOP_QUAL;
4716 scratch.d.qualexpr.jumpdone = -1;
4717 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
4718 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
4719 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4720 adjust_jumps = lappend_int(adjust_jumps,
4721 state->steps_len - 1);
4722 }
4723
4724 /* adjust jump targets */
4725 foreach(lc, adjust_jumps)
4726 {
4727 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[lfirst_int(lc)];
4728
4729 Assert(as->opcode == EEOP_QUAL);
4730 Assert(as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone == -1);
4731 as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
4732 }
4733
4734 scratch.resvalue = NULL;
4735 scratch.resnull = NULL;
4736 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
4737 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
4738
4740
4741 return state;
4742}

References ACL_EXECUTE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, Assert(), ExprEvalStep::attnum, collid, ExprEvalStep::d, EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_INNER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_INNER_VAR, EEOP_NOT_DISTINCT, EEOP_OUTER_FETCHSOME, EEOP_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_QUAL, ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), ExprEvalStep::fcinfo_data, ExprEvalStep::fetch, ExprEvalStep::finfo, ExprEvalStep::fixed, fmgr_info(), fmgr_info_set_expr, ExprEvalStep::fn_addr, FmgrInfo::fn_addr, ExprEvalStep::func, get_func_name(), GetUserId(), InitFunctionCallInfoData, InvokeFunctionExecuteHook, NullableDatum::isnull, ExprEvalStep::jumpdone, ExprEvalStep::kind, ExprEvalStep::known_desc, lappend_int(), ExprEvalStep::last_var, lfirst_int, list_length(), makeNode, ExprEvalStep::nargs, NIL, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, ExprEvalStep::opcode, palloc0(), ExprEvalStep::qualexpr, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, TupleDescAttr(), NullableDatum::value, ExprEvalStep::var, VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT, ExprEvalStep::varreturningtype, and ExprEvalStep::vartype.

Referenced by ExecInitMemoize().

◆ ExecBuildProjectionInfo()

ProjectionInfo * ExecBuildProjectionInfo ( List targetList,
ExprContext econtext,
TupleTableSlot slot,
PlanState parent,
TupleDesc  inputDesc 
)

Definition at line 370 of file execExpr.c.

375{
378 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
379 ListCell *lc;
380
381 projInfo->pi_exprContext = econtext;
382 /* We embed ExprState into ProjectionInfo instead of doing extra palloc */
383 projInfo->pi_state.type = T_ExprState;
384 state = &projInfo->pi_state;
385 state->expr = (Expr *) targetList;
386 state->parent = parent;
387 state->ext_params = NULL;
388
389 state->resultslot = slot;
390
391 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
392 ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(state, (Node *) targetList);
393
394 /* Now compile each tlist column */
395 foreach(lc, targetList)
396 {
398 Var *variable = NULL;
399 AttrNumber attnum = 0;
400 bool isSafeVar = false;
401
402 /*
403 * If tlist expression is a safe non-system Var, use the fast-path
404 * ASSIGN_*_VAR opcodes. "Safe" means that we don't need to apply
405 * CheckVarSlotCompatibility() during plan startup. If a source slot
406 * was provided, we make the equivalent tests here; if a slot was not
407 * provided, we assume that no check is needed because we're dealing
408 * with a non-relation-scan-level expression.
409 */
410 if (tle->expr != NULL &&
411 IsA(tle->expr, Var) &&
412 ((Var *) tle->expr)->varattno > 0)
413 {
414 /* Non-system Var, but how safe is it? */
415 variable = (Var *) tle->expr;
416 attnum = variable->varattno;
417
418 if (inputDesc == NULL)
419 isSafeVar = true; /* can't check, just assume OK */
420 else if (attnum <= inputDesc->natts)
421 {
422 Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(inputDesc, attnum - 1);
423
424 /*
425 * If user attribute is dropped or has a type mismatch, don't
426 * use ASSIGN_*_VAR. Instead let the normal expression
427 * machinery handle it (which'll possibly error out).
428 */
429 if (!attr->attisdropped && variable->vartype == attr->atttypid)
430 {
431 isSafeVar = true;
432 }
433 }
434 }
435
436 if (isSafeVar)
437 {
438 /* Fast-path: just generate an EEOP_ASSIGN_*_VAR step */
439 switch (variable->varno)
440 {
441 case INNER_VAR:
442 /* get the tuple from the inner node */
444 break;
445
446 case OUTER_VAR:
447 /* get the tuple from the outer node */
449 break;
450
451 /* INDEX_VAR is handled by default case */
452
453 default:
454
455 /*
456 * Get the tuple from the relation being scanned, or the
457 * old/new tuple slot, if old/new values were requested.
458 */
459 switch (variable->varreturningtype)
460 {
463 break;
465 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_OLD_VAR;
466 state->flags |= EEO_FLAG_HAS_OLD;
467 break;
469 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_NEW_VAR;
470 state->flags |= EEO_FLAG_HAS_NEW;
471 break;
472 }
473 break;
474 }
475
476 scratch.d.assign_var.attnum = attnum - 1;
477 scratch.d.assign_var.resultnum = tle->resno - 1;
478 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
479 }
480 else
481 {
482 /*
483 * Otherwise, compile the column expression normally.
484 *
485 * We can't tell the expression to evaluate directly into the
486 * result slot, as the result slot (and the exprstate for that
487 * matter) can change between executions. We instead evaluate
488 * into the ExprState's resvalue/resnull and then move.
489 */
491 &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
492
493 /*
494 * Column might be referenced multiple times in upper nodes, so
495 * force value to R/O - but only if it could be an expanded datum.
496 */
497 if (get_typlen(exprType((Node *) tle->expr)) == -1)
499 else
500 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP;
501 scratch.d.assign_tmp.resultnum = tle->resno - 1;
502 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
503 }
504 }
505
506 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN;
507 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
508
510
511 return projInfo;
512}
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP
Definition: execExpr.h:110
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_SCAN_VAR
Definition: execExpr.h:105
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_OUTER_VAR
Definition: execExpr.h:104
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_OLD_VAR
Definition: execExpr.h:106
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP_MAKE_RO
Definition: execExpr.h:112
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_INNER_VAR
Definition: execExpr.h:103
@ EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN
Definition: execExpr.h:72
@ EEOP_ASSIGN_NEW_VAR
Definition: execExpr.h:107
#define EEO_FLAG_HAS_OLD
Definition: execnodes.h:78
#define EEO_FLAG_HAS_NEW
Definition: execnodes.h:80
if(TABLE==NULL||TABLE_index==NULL)
Definition: isn.c:81
int16 get_typlen(Oid typid)
Definition: lsyscache.c:2337
Oid exprType(const Node *expr)
Definition: nodeFuncs.c:42
#define IsA(nodeptr, _type_)
Definition: nodes.h:164
#define lfirst_node(type, lc)
Definition: pg_list.h:176
@ VAR_RETURNING_OLD
Definition: primnodes.h:257
@ VAR_RETURNING_NEW
Definition: primnodes.h:258
#define OUTER_VAR
Definition: primnodes.h:243
#define INNER_VAR
Definition: primnodes.h:242
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@60 assign_tmp
int resultnum
Definition: execExpr.h:358
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@59 assign_var
NodeTag type
Definition: execnodes.h:88
ExprState pi_state
Definition: execnodes.h:380
ExprContext * pi_exprContext
Definition: execnodes.h:382
Expr * expr
Definition: primnodes.h:2219
AttrNumber resno
Definition: primnodes.h:2221
Definition: primnodes.h:262

References ExprEvalStep::assign_tmp, ExprEvalStep::assign_var, attnum, ExprEvalStep::attnum, ExprEvalStep::d, EEO_FLAG_HAS_NEW, EEO_FLAG_HAS_OLD, EEOP_ASSIGN_INNER_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_NEW_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_OLD_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_SCAN_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP, EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP_MAKE_RO, EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), TargetEntry::expr, ExprEvalPushStep(), exprType(), get_typlen(), if(), INNER_VAR, IsA, lfirst_node, makeNode, ExprEvalStep::opcode, OUTER_VAR, ProjectionInfo::pi_exprContext, ProjectionInfo::pi_state, TargetEntry::resno, ExprEvalStep::resultnum, TupleDescAttr(), ExprState::type, VAR_RETURNING_DEFAULT, VAR_RETURNING_NEW, and VAR_RETURNING_OLD.

Referenced by ExecAssignProjectionInfo(), ExecInitInsertProjection(), ExecInitMerge(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), and ExecInitSubPlan().

◆ ExecBuildSlotValueDescription()

char * ExecBuildSlotValueDescription ( Oid  reloid,
TupleTableSlot slot,
TupleDesc  tupdesc,
Bitmapset modifiedCols,
int  maxfieldlen 
)

Definition at line 2363 of file execMain.c.

2368{
2370 StringInfoData collist;
2371 bool write_comma = false;
2372 bool write_comma_collist = false;
2373 int i;
2374 AclResult aclresult;
2375 bool table_perm = false;
2376 bool any_perm = false;
2377
2378 /*
2379 * Check if RLS is enabled and should be active for the relation; if so,
2380 * then don't return anything. Otherwise, go through normal permission
2381 * checks.
2382 */
2383 if (check_enable_rls(reloid, InvalidOid, true) == RLS_ENABLED)
2384 return NULL;
2385
2387
2389
2390 /*
2391 * Check if the user has permissions to see the row. Table-level SELECT
2392 * allows access to all columns. If the user does not have table-level
2393 * SELECT then we check each column and include those the user has SELECT
2394 * rights on. Additionally, we always include columns the user provided
2395 * data for.
2396 */
2397 aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(reloid, GetUserId(), ACL_SELECT);
2398 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
2399 {
2400 /* Set up the buffer for the column list */
2401 initStringInfo(&collist);
2402 appendStringInfoChar(&collist, '(');
2403 }
2404 else
2405 table_perm = any_perm = true;
2406
2407 /* Make sure the tuple is fully deconstructed */
2408 slot_getallattrs(slot);
2409
2410 for (i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
2411 {
2412 bool column_perm = false;
2413 char *val;
2414 int vallen;
2415 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i);
2416
2417 /* ignore dropped columns */
2418 if (att->attisdropped)
2419 continue;
2420
2421 if (!table_perm)
2422 {
2423 /*
2424 * No table-level SELECT, so need to make sure they either have
2425 * SELECT rights on the column or that they have provided the data
2426 * for the column. If not, omit this column from the error
2427 * message.
2428 */
2429 aclresult = pg_attribute_aclcheck(reloid, att->attnum,
2432 modifiedCols) || aclresult == ACLCHECK_OK)
2433 {
2434 column_perm = any_perm = true;
2435
2436 if (write_comma_collist)
2437 appendStringInfoString(&collist, ", ");
2438 else
2439 write_comma_collist = true;
2440
2441 appendStringInfoString(&collist, NameStr(att->attname));
2442 }
2443 }
2444
2445 if (table_perm || column_perm)
2446 {
2447 if (att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
2448 val = "virtual";
2449 else if (slot->tts_isnull[i])
2450 val = "null";
2451 else
2452 {
2453 Oid foutoid;
2454 bool typisvarlena;
2455
2456 getTypeOutputInfo(att->atttypid,
2457 &foutoid, &typisvarlena);
2458 val = OidOutputFunctionCall(foutoid, slot->tts_values[i]);
2459 }
2460
2461 if (write_comma)
2463 else
2464 write_comma = true;
2465
2466 /* truncate if needed */
2467 vallen = strlen(val);
2468 if (vallen <= maxfieldlen)
2469 appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, val, vallen);
2470 else
2471 {
2472 vallen = pg_mbcliplen(val, vallen, maxfieldlen);
2473 appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, val, vallen);
2474 appendStringInfoString(&buf, "...");
2475 }
2476 }
2477 }
2478
2479 /* If we end up with zero columns being returned, then return NULL. */
2480 if (!any_perm)
2481 return NULL;
2482
2484
2485 if (!table_perm)
2486 {
2487 appendStringInfoString(&collist, ") = ");
2488 appendBinaryStringInfo(&collist, buf.data, buf.len);
2489
2490 return collist.data;
2491 }
2492
2493 return buf.data;
2494}
AclResult pg_attribute_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, AttrNumber attnum, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:3853
AclResult pg_class_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:4024
bool bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a)
Definition: bitmapset.c:510
#define NameStr(name)
Definition: c.h:717
char * OidOutputFunctionCall(Oid functionId, Datum val)
Definition: fmgr.c:1763
long val
Definition: informix.c:689
void getTypeOutputInfo(Oid type, Oid *typOutput, bool *typIsVarlena)
Definition: lsyscache.c:3047
int pg_mbcliplen(const char *mbstr, int len, int limit)
Definition: mbutils.c:1084
#define ACL_SELECT
Definition: parsenodes.h:77
static char * buf
Definition: pg_test_fsync.c:72
#define InvalidOid
Definition: postgres_ext.h:35
int check_enable_rls(Oid relid, Oid checkAsUser, bool noError)
Definition: rls.c:52
@ RLS_ENABLED
Definition: rls.h:45
void appendBinaryStringInfo(StringInfo str, const void *data, int datalen)
Definition: stringinfo.c:281
void appendStringInfoString(StringInfo str, const char *s)
Definition: stringinfo.c:230
void appendStringInfoChar(StringInfo str, char ch)
Definition: stringinfo.c:242
void initStringInfo(StringInfo str)
Definition: stringinfo.c:97
#define FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber
Definition: sysattr.h:27
static void slot_getallattrs(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:372

References ACL_SELECT, ACLCHECK_OK, appendBinaryStringInfo(), appendStringInfoChar(), appendStringInfoString(), bms_is_member(), buf, check_enable_rls(), StringInfoData::data, FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, getTypeOutputInfo(), GetUserId(), i, initStringInfo(), InvalidOid, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, OidOutputFunctionCall(), pg_attribute_aclcheck(), pg_class_aclcheck(), pg_mbcliplen(), RLS_ENABLED, slot_getallattrs(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, TupleDescAttr(), and val.

Referenced by build_tuple_value_details(), ExecConstraints(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecWithCheckOptions(), and ReportNotNullViolationError().

◆ ExecBuildUpdateProjection()

ProjectionInfo * ExecBuildUpdateProjection ( List targetList,
bool  evalTargetList,
List targetColnos,
TupleDesc  relDesc,
ExprContext econtext,
TupleTableSlot slot,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 547 of file execExpr.c.

554{
557 int nAssignableCols;
558 bool sawJunk;
559 Bitmapset *assignedCols;
560 ExprSetupInfo deform = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, NIL};
561 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
562 int outerattnum;
563 ListCell *lc,
564 *lc2;
565
566 projInfo->pi_exprContext = econtext;
567 /* We embed ExprState into ProjectionInfo instead of doing extra palloc */
568 projInfo->pi_state.type = T_ExprState;
569 state = &projInfo->pi_state;
570 if (evalTargetList)
571 state->expr = (Expr *) targetList;
572 else
573 state->expr = NULL; /* not used */
574 state->parent = parent;
575 state->ext_params = NULL;
576
577 state->resultslot = slot;
578
579 /*
580 * Examine the targetList to see how many non-junk columns there are, and
581 * to verify that the non-junk columns come before the junk ones.
582 */
583 nAssignableCols = 0;
584 sawJunk = false;
585 foreach(lc, targetList)
586 {
588
589 if (tle->resjunk)
590 sawJunk = true;
591 else
592 {
593 if (sawJunk)
594 elog(ERROR, "subplan target list is out of order");
595 nAssignableCols++;
596 }
597 }
598
599 /* We should have one targetColnos entry per non-junk column */
600 if (nAssignableCols != list_length(targetColnos))
601 elog(ERROR, "targetColnos does not match subplan target list");
602
603 /*
604 * Build a bitmapset of the columns in targetColnos. (We could just use
605 * list_member_int() tests, but that risks O(N^2) behavior with many
606 * columns.)
607 */
608 assignedCols = NULL;
609 foreach(lc, targetColnos)
610 {
611 AttrNumber targetattnum = lfirst_int(lc);
612
613 assignedCols = bms_add_member(assignedCols, targetattnum);
614 }
615
616 /*
617 * We need to insert EEOP_*_FETCHSOME steps to ensure the input tuples are
618 * sufficiently deconstructed. The scan tuple must be deconstructed at
619 * least as far as the last old column we need.
620 */
621 for (int attnum = relDesc->natts; attnum > 0; attnum--)
622 {
623 CompactAttribute *attr = TupleDescCompactAttr(relDesc, attnum - 1);
624
625 if (attr->attisdropped)
626 continue;
627 if (bms_is_member(attnum, assignedCols))
628 continue;
629 deform.last_scan = attnum;
630 break;
631 }
632
633 /*
634 * If we're actually evaluating the tlist, incorporate its input
635 * requirements too; otherwise, we'll just need to fetch the appropriate
636 * number of columns of the "outer" tuple.
637 */
638 if (evalTargetList)
639 expr_setup_walker((Node *) targetList, &deform);
640 else
641 deform.last_outer = nAssignableCols;
642
644
645 /*
646 * Now generate code to evaluate the tlist's assignable expressions or
647 * fetch them from the outer tuple, incidentally validating that they'll
648 * be of the right data type. The checks above ensure that the forboth()
649 * will iterate over exactly the non-junk columns. Note that we don't
650 * bother evaluating any remaining resjunk columns.
651 */
652 outerattnum = 0;
653 forboth(lc, targetList, lc2, targetColnos)
654 {
656 AttrNumber targetattnum = lfirst_int(lc2);
658
659 Assert(!tle->resjunk);
660
661 /*
662 * Apply sanity checks comparable to ExecCheckPlanOutput().
663 */
664 if (targetattnum <= 0 || targetattnum > relDesc->natts)
666 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
667 errmsg("table row type and query-specified row type do not match"),
668 errdetail("Query has too many columns.")));
669 attr = TupleDescAttr(relDesc, targetattnum - 1);
670
671 if (attr->attisdropped)
673 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
674 errmsg("table row type and query-specified row type do not match"),
675 errdetail("Query provides a value for a dropped column at ordinal position %d.",
676 targetattnum)));
677 if (exprType((Node *) tle->expr) != attr->atttypid)
679 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
680 errmsg("table row type and query-specified row type do not match"),
681 errdetail("Table has type %s at ordinal position %d, but query expects %s.",
682 format_type_be(attr->atttypid),
683 targetattnum,
684 format_type_be(exprType((Node *) tle->expr)))));
685
686 /* OK, generate code to perform the assignment. */
687 if (evalTargetList)
688 {
689 /*
690 * We must evaluate the TLE's expression and assign it. We do not
691 * bother jumping through hoops for "safe" Vars like
692 * ExecBuildProjectionInfo does; this is a relatively less-used
693 * path and it doesn't seem worth expending code for that.
694 */
696 &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
697 /* Needn't worry about read-only-ness here, either. */
698 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP;
699 scratch.d.assign_tmp.resultnum = targetattnum - 1;
700 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
701 }
702 else
703 {
704 /* Just assign from the outer tuple. */
706 scratch.d.assign_var.attnum = outerattnum;
707 scratch.d.assign_var.resultnum = targetattnum - 1;
708 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
709 }
710 outerattnum++;
711 }
712
713 /*
714 * Now generate code to copy over any old columns that were not assigned
715 * to, and to ensure that dropped columns are set to NULL.
716 */
717 for (int attnum = 1; attnum <= relDesc->natts; attnum++)
718 {
719 CompactAttribute *attr = TupleDescCompactAttr(relDesc, attnum - 1);
720
721 if (attr->attisdropped)
722 {
723 /* Put a null into the ExprState's resvalue/resnull ... */
724 scratch.opcode = EEOP_CONST;
725 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
726 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
727 scratch.d.constval.value = (Datum) 0;
728 scratch.d.constval.isnull = true;
729 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
730 /* ... then assign it to the result slot */
731 scratch.opcode = EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP;
732 scratch.d.assign_tmp.resultnum = attnum - 1;
733 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
734 }
735 else if (!bms_is_member(attnum, assignedCols))
736 {
737 /* Certainly the right type, so needn't check */
739 scratch.d.assign_var.attnum = attnum - 1;
740 scratch.d.assign_var.resultnum = attnum - 1;
741 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
742 }
743 }
744
745 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN;
746 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
747
749
750 return projInfo;
751}
static void ExecPushExprSetupSteps(ExprState *state, ExprSetupInfo *info)
Definition: execExpr.c:2897
static bool expr_setup_walker(Node *node, ExprSetupInfo *info)
Definition: execExpr.c:2983
@ EEOP_CONST
Definition: execExpr.h:115
char * format_type_be(Oid type_oid)
Definition: format_type.c:343
bool attisdropped
Definition: tupdesc.h:77
struct ExprEvalStep::@55::@62 constval
Datum value
Definition: execExpr.h:381
bool isnull
Definition: execExpr.h:382
AttrNumber last_scan
Definition: execExpr.c:64
AttrNumber last_outer
Definition: execExpr.c:63
static CompactAttribute * TupleDescCompactAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition: tupdesc.h:175

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::assign_tmp, ExprEvalStep::assign_var, CompactAttribute::attisdropped, attnum, ExprEvalStep::attnum, bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), ExprEvalStep::constval, ExprEvalStep::d, EEOP_ASSIGN_OUTER_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_SCAN_VAR, EEOP_ASSIGN_TMP, EEOP_CONST, EEOP_DONE_NO_RETURN, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecInitExprRec(), ExecPushExprSetupSteps(), ExecReadyExpr(), TargetEntry::expr, expr_setup_walker(), ExprEvalPushStep(), exprType(), forboth, format_type_be(), ExprEvalStep::isnull, ExprSetupInfo::last_outer, ExprSetupInfo::last_scan, lfirst_int, lfirst_node, list_length(), makeNode, TupleDescData::natts, NIL, ExprEvalStep::opcode, ProjectionInfo::pi_exprContext, ProjectionInfo::pi_state, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resultnum, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescCompactAttr(), ExprState::type, and ExprEvalStep::value.

Referenced by ExecInitMerge(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), and ExecInitUpdateProjection().

◆ ExecCheck()

bool ExecCheck ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)

Definition at line 872 of file execExpr.c.

873{
874 Datum ret;
875 bool isnull;
876
877 /* short-circuit (here and in ExecInitCheck) for empty restriction list */
878 if (state == NULL)
879 return true;
880
881 /* verify that expression was not compiled using ExecInitQual */
882 Assert(!(state->flags & EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL));
883
884 ret = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(state, econtext, &isnull);
885
886 if (isnull)
887 return true;
888
889 return DatumGetBool(ret);
890}
static Datum ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
Definition: executor.h:430
static bool DatumGetBool(Datum X)
Definition: postgres.h:95

References Assert(), DatumGetBool(), EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, and ExecEvalExprSwitchContext().

Referenced by ATRewriteTable(), check_default_partition_contents(), domain_check_input(), ExecPartitionCheck(), ExecRelCheck(), and ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull().

◆ ExecCheckIndexConstraints()

bool ExecCheckIndexConstraints ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate,
ItemPointer  conflictTid,
ItemPointer  tupleid,
List arbiterIndexes 
)

Definition at line 542 of file execIndexing.c.

545{
546 int i;
547 int numIndices;
548 RelationPtr relationDescs;
549 Relation heapRelation;
550 IndexInfo **indexInfoArray;
551 ExprContext *econtext;
553 bool isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
554 ItemPointerData invalidItemPtr;
555 bool checkedIndex = false;
556
557 ItemPointerSetInvalid(conflictTid);
558 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&invalidItemPtr);
559
560 /*
561 * Get information from the result relation info structure.
562 */
563 numIndices = resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices;
564 relationDescs = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs;
565 indexInfoArray = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo;
566 heapRelation = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
567
568 /*
569 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating predicates
570 * and index expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
571 */
572 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
573
574 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
575 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
576
577 /*
578 * For each index, form index tuple and check if it satisfies the
579 * constraint.
580 */
581 for (i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
582 {
583 Relation indexRelation = relationDescs[i];
584 IndexInfo *indexInfo;
585 bool satisfiesConstraint;
586
587 if (indexRelation == NULL)
588 continue;
589
590 indexInfo = indexInfoArray[i];
591
592 if (!indexInfo->ii_Unique && !indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps)
593 continue;
594
595 /* If the index is marked as read-only, ignore it */
596 if (!indexInfo->ii_ReadyForInserts)
597 continue;
598
599 /* When specific arbiter indexes requested, only examine them */
600 if (arbiterIndexes != NIL &&
601 !list_member_oid(arbiterIndexes,
602 indexRelation->rd_index->indexrelid))
603 continue;
604
605 if (!indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate)
607 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
608 errmsg("ON CONFLICT does not support deferrable unique constraints/exclusion constraints as arbiters"),
609 errtableconstraint(heapRelation,
610 RelationGetRelationName(indexRelation))));
611
612 checkedIndex = true;
613
614 /* Check for partial index */
615 if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate != NIL)
616 {
617 ExprState *predicate;
618
619 /*
620 * If predicate state not set up yet, create it (in the estate's
621 * per-query context)
622 */
623 predicate = indexInfo->ii_PredicateState;
624 if (predicate == NULL)
625 {
626 predicate = ExecPrepareQual(indexInfo->ii_Predicate, estate);
627 indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = predicate;
628 }
629
630 /* Skip this index-update if the predicate isn't satisfied */
631 if (!ExecQual(predicate, econtext))
632 continue;
633 }
634
635 /*
636 * FormIndexDatum fills in its values and isnull parameters with the
637 * appropriate values for the column(s) of the index.
638 */
639 FormIndexDatum(indexInfo,
640 slot,
641 estate,
642 values,
643 isnull);
644
645 satisfiesConstraint =
646 check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(heapRelation, indexRelation,
647 indexInfo, tupleid,
648 values, isnull, estate, false,
649 CEOUC_WAIT, true,
650 conflictTid);
651 if (!satisfiesConstraint)
652 return false;
653 }
654
655 if (arbiterIndexes != NIL && !checkedIndex)
656 elog(ERROR, "unexpected failure to find arbiter index");
657
658 return true;
659}
ExprState * ExecPrepareQual(List *qual, EState *estate)
Definition: execExpr.c:793
static bool ExecQual(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: executor.h:513
void FormIndexDatum(IndexInfo *indexInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, Datum *values, bool *isnull)
Definition: index.c:2730
static void ItemPointerSetInvalid(ItemPointerData *pointer)
Definition: itemptr.h:184
bool list_member_oid(const List *list, Oid datum)
Definition: list.c:722
#define INDEX_MAX_KEYS
int errtableconstraint(Relation rel, const char *conname)
Definition: relcache.c:6103
bool ii_Unique
Definition: execnodes.h:208
ExprState * ii_PredicateState
Definition: execnodes.h:201
Oid * ii_ExclusionOps
Definition: execnodes.h:202
bool ii_ReadyForInserts
Definition: execnodes.h:210
List * ii_Predicate
Definition: execnodes.h:200
Form_pg_index rd_index
Definition: rel.h:192
int ri_NumIndices
Definition: execnodes.h:477
RelationPtr ri_IndexRelationDescs
Definition: execnodes.h:480
IndexInfo ** ri_IndexRelationInfo
Definition: execnodes.h:483

References CEOUC_WAIT, check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, errtableconstraint(), ExecPrepareQual(), ExecQual(), FormIndexDatum(), GetPerTupleExprContext, i, IndexInfo::ii_ExclusionOps, IndexInfo::ii_Predicate, IndexInfo::ii_PredicateState, IndexInfo::ii_ReadyForInserts, IndexInfo::ii_Unique, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), list_member_oid(), NIL, RelationData::rd_index, RelationGetRelationName, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and values.

Referenced by ExecInsert(), and FindConflictTuple().

◆ ExecCheckPermissions()

bool ExecCheckPermissions ( List rangeTable,
List rteperminfos,
bool  ereport_on_violation 
)

Definition at line 583 of file execMain.c.

585{
586 ListCell *l;
587 bool result = true;
588
589#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
590 Bitmapset *indexset = NULL;
591
592 /* Check that rteperminfos is consistent with rangeTable */
593 foreach(l, rangeTable)
594 {
596
597 if (rte->perminfoindex != 0)
598 {
599 /* Sanity checks */
600
601 /*
602 * Only relation RTEs and subquery RTEs that were once relation
603 * RTEs (views) have their perminfoindex set.
604 */
605 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION ||
606 (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY &&
607 rte->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW));
608
609 (void) getRTEPermissionInfo(rteperminfos, rte);
610 /* Many-to-one mapping not allowed */
611 Assert(!bms_is_member(rte->perminfoindex, indexset));
612 indexset = bms_add_member(indexset, rte->perminfoindex);
613 }
614 }
615
616 /* All rteperminfos are referenced */
617 Assert(bms_num_members(indexset) == list_length(rteperminfos));
618#endif
619
620 foreach(l, rteperminfos)
621 {
623
624 Assert(OidIsValid(perminfo->relid));
625 result = ExecCheckOneRelPerms(perminfo);
626 if (!result)
627 {
628 if (ereport_on_violation)
631 get_rel_name(perminfo->relid));
632 return false;
633 }
634 }
635
637 result = (*ExecutorCheckPerms_hook) (rangeTable, rteperminfos,
638 ereport_on_violation);
639 return result;
640}
@ ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV
Definition: acl.h:184
int bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a)
Definition: bitmapset.c:751
static bool ExecCheckOneRelPerms(RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo)
Definition: execMain.c:647
ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type ExecutorCheckPerms_hook
Definition: execMain.c:74
char * get_rel_name(Oid relid)
Definition: lsyscache.c:2068
char get_rel_relkind(Oid relid)
Definition: lsyscache.c:2143
ObjectType get_relkind_objtype(char relkind)
RTEPermissionInfo * getRTEPermissionInfo(List *rteperminfos, RangeTblEntry *rte)
@ RTE_SUBQUERY
Definition: parsenodes.h:1027
@ RTE_RELATION
Definition: parsenodes.h:1026
RTEKind rtekind
Definition: parsenodes.h:1061

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, Assert(), bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), bms_num_members(), ExecCheckOneRelPerms(), ExecutorCheckPerms_hook, get_rel_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), getRTEPermissionInfo(), lfirst_node, list_length(), OidIsValid, RTEPermissionInfo::relid, RTE_RELATION, RTE_SUBQUERY, and RangeTblEntry::rtekind.

Referenced by DoCopy(), InitPlan(), and RI_Initial_Check().

◆ ExecCleanTargetListLength()

int ExecCleanTargetListLength ( List targetlist)

Definition at line 1185 of file execUtils.c.

1186{
1187 int len = 0;
1188 ListCell *tl;
1189
1190 foreach(tl, targetlist)
1191 {
1192 TargetEntry *curTle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, tl);
1193
1194 if (!curTle->resjunk)
1195 len++;
1196 }
1197 return len;
1198}

References len, and lfirst_node.

Referenced by ApplyRetrieveRule(), check_sql_stmt_retval(), and ExecTypeFromTLInternal().

◆ ExecCleanTypeFromTL()

TupleDesc ExecCleanTypeFromTL ( List targetList)

Definition at line 2139 of file execTuples.c.

2140{
2141 return ExecTypeFromTLInternal(targetList, true);
2142}
static TupleDesc ExecTypeFromTLInternal(List *targetList, bool skipjunk)
Definition: execTuples.c:2145

References ExecTypeFromTLInternal().

Referenced by ExecInitJunkFilter(), PlanCacheComputeResultDesc(), and PortalStart().

◆ ExecCloseIndices()

void ExecCloseIndices ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo)

Definition at line 238 of file execIndexing.c.

239{
240 int i;
241 int numIndices;
242 RelationPtr indexDescs;
243 IndexInfo **indexInfos;
244
245 numIndices = resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices;
246 indexDescs = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs;
247 indexInfos = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo;
248
249 for (i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
250 {
251 /* This Assert will fail if ExecCloseIndices is called twice */
252 Assert(indexDescs[i] != NULL);
253
254 /* Give the index a chance to do some post-insert cleanup */
255 index_insert_cleanup(indexDescs[i], indexInfos[i]);
256
257 /* Drop lock acquired by ExecOpenIndices */
258 index_close(indexDescs[i], RowExclusiveLock);
259
260 /* Mark the index as closed */
261 indexDescs[i] = NULL;
262 }
263
264 /*
265 * We don't attempt to free the IndexInfo data structures or the arrays,
266 * instead assuming that such stuff will be cleaned up automatically in
267 * FreeExecutorState.
268 */
269}
void index_insert_cleanup(Relation indexRelation, IndexInfo *indexInfo)
Definition: indexam.c:241
void index_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: indexam.c:177
#define RowExclusiveLock
Definition: lockdefs.h:38

References Assert(), i, index_close(), index_insert_cleanup(), ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, and RowExclusiveLock.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete(), apply_handle_insert(), apply_handle_update_internal(), CatalogCloseIndexes(), ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), and ExecCloseResultRelations().

◆ ExecCloseRangeTableRelations()

void ExecCloseRangeTableRelations ( EState estate)

Definition at line 1607 of file execMain.c.

1608{
1609 int i;
1610
1611 for (i = 0; i < estate->es_range_table_size; i++)
1612 {
1613 if (estate->es_relations[i])
1614 table_close(estate->es_relations[i], NoLock);
1615 }
1616}
#define NoLock
Definition: lockdefs.h:34
void table_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: table.c:126

References EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_relations, i, NoLock, and table_close().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and ExecEndPlan().

◆ ExecCloseResultRelations()

void ExecCloseResultRelations ( EState estate)

Definition at line 1547 of file execMain.c.

1548{
1549 ListCell *l;
1550
1551 /*
1552 * close indexes of result relation(s) if any. (Rels themselves are
1553 * closed in ExecCloseRangeTableRelations())
1554 *
1555 * In addition, close the stub RTs that may be in each resultrel's
1556 * ri_ancestorResultRels.
1557 */
1558 foreach(l, estate->es_opened_result_relations)
1559 {
1560 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo = lfirst(l);
1561 ListCell *lc;
1562
1563 ExecCloseIndices(resultRelInfo);
1564 foreach(lc, resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels)
1565 {
1566 ResultRelInfo *rInfo = lfirst(lc);
1567
1568 /*
1569 * Ancestors with RTI > 0 (should only be the root ancestor) are
1570 * closed by ExecCloseRangeTableRelations.
1571 */
1572 if (rInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex > 0)
1573 continue;
1574
1576 }
1577 }
1578
1579 /* Close any relations that have been opened by ExecGetTriggerResultRel(). */
1580 foreach(l, estate->es_trig_target_relations)
1581 {
1582 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo = (ResultRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
1583
1584 /*
1585 * Assert this is a "dummy" ResultRelInfo, see above. Otherwise we
1586 * might be issuing a duplicate close against a Relation opened by
1587 * ExecGetRangeTableRelation.
1588 */
1589 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex == 0);
1590
1591 /*
1592 * Since ExecGetTriggerResultRel doesn't call ExecOpenIndices for
1593 * these rels, we needn't call ExecCloseIndices either.
1594 */
1595 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices == 0);
1596
1597 table_close(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc, NoLock);
1598 }
1599}
void ExecCloseIndices(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo)
Definition: execIndexing.c:238
Index ri_RangeTableIndex
Definition: execnodes.h:471
List * ri_ancestorResultRels
Definition: execnodes.h:624

References Assert(), EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_trig_target_relations, ExecCloseIndices(), lfirst, NoLock, ResultRelInfo::ri_ancestorResultRels, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RangeTableIndex, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and table_close().

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), CopyFrom(), EvalPlanQualEnd(), and ExecEndPlan().

◆ ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo()

void ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo ( PlanState planstate,
TupleDesc  inputDesc,
int  varno 
)

Definition at line 603 of file execUtils.c.

605{
606 if (tlist_matches_tupdesc(planstate,
607 planstate->plan->targetlist,
608 varno,
609 inputDesc))
610 {
611 planstate->ps_ProjInfo = NULL;
612 planstate->resultopsset = planstate->scanopsset;
613 planstate->resultopsfixed = planstate->scanopsfixed;
614 planstate->resultops = planstate->scanops;
615 }
616 else
617 {
618 if (!planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot)
619 {
621 planstate->resultops = &TTSOpsVirtual;
622 planstate->resultopsfixed = true;
623 planstate->resultopsset = true;
624 }
625 ExecAssignProjectionInfo(planstate, inputDesc);
626 }
627}
const TupleTableSlotOps TTSOpsVirtual
Definition: execTuples.c:84
void ExecInitResultSlot(PlanState *planstate, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
Definition: execTuples.c:1968
static bool tlist_matches_tupdesc(PlanState *ps, List *tlist, int varno, TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: execUtils.c:630
void ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState *planstate, TupleDesc inputDesc)
Definition: execUtils.c:583
const TupleTableSlotOps * resultops
Definition: execnodes.h:1233
bool resultopsset
Definition: execnodes.h:1241
const TupleTableSlotOps * scanops
Definition: execnodes.h:1230
bool scanopsset
Definition: execnodes.h:1238
bool scanopsfixed
Definition: execnodes.h:1234
bool resultopsfixed
Definition: execnodes.h:1237

References ExecAssignProjectionInfo(), ExecInitResultSlot(), PlanState::plan, PlanState::ps_ProjInfo, PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, PlanState::resultops, PlanState::resultopsfixed, PlanState::resultopsset, PlanState::scanops, PlanState::scanopsfixed, PlanState::scanopsset, Plan::targetlist, tlist_matches_tupdesc(), and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(), ExecAssignScanProjectionInfoWithVarno(), ExecInitGather(), and ExecInitGatherMerge().

◆ ExecConstraints()

void ExecConstraints ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1952 of file execMain.c.

1954{
1955 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1956 TupleDesc tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
1957 TupleConstr *constr = tupdesc->constr;
1958 Bitmapset *modifiedCols;
1959 List *notnull_virtual_attrs = NIL;
1960
1961 Assert(constr); /* we should not be called otherwise */
1962
1963 /*
1964 * Verify not-null constraints.
1965 *
1966 * Not-null constraints on virtual generated columns are collected and
1967 * checked separately below.
1968 */
1969 if (constr->has_not_null)
1970 {
1971 for (AttrNumber attnum = 1; attnum <= tupdesc->natts; attnum++)
1972 {
1973 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1);
1974
1975 if (att->attnotnull && att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
1976 notnull_virtual_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_virtual_attrs, attnum);
1977 else if (att->attnotnull && slot_attisnull(slot, attnum))
1978 ReportNotNullViolationError(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, attnum);
1979 }
1980 }
1981
1982 /*
1983 * Verify not-null constraints on virtual generated column, if any.
1984 */
1985 if (notnull_virtual_attrs)
1986 {
1988
1989 attnum = ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(resultRelInfo, slot, estate,
1990 notnull_virtual_attrs);
1992 ReportNotNullViolationError(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, attnum);
1993 }
1994
1995 /*
1996 * Verify check constraints.
1997 */
1998 if (rel->rd_rel->relchecks > 0)
1999 {
2000 const char *failed;
2001
2002 if ((failed = ExecRelCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate)) != NULL)
2003 {
2004 char *val_desc;
2005 Relation orig_rel = rel;
2006
2007 /*
2008 * If the tuple has been routed, it's been converted to the
2009 * partition's rowtype, which might differ from the root table's.
2010 * We must convert it back to the root table's rowtype so that
2011 * val_desc shown error message matches the input tuple.
2012 */
2013 if (resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
2014 {
2015 ResultRelInfo *rootrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
2016 TupleDesc old_tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
2017 AttrMap *map;
2018
2019 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
2020 /* a reverse map */
2021 map = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(old_tupdesc,
2022 tupdesc,
2023 false);
2024
2025 /*
2026 * Partition-specific slot's tupdesc can't be changed, so
2027 * allocate a new one.
2028 */
2029 if (map != NULL)
2030 slot = execute_attr_map_slot(map, slot,
2032 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(rootrel, estate),
2033 ExecGetUpdatedCols(rootrel, estate));
2034 rel = rootrel->ri_RelationDesc;
2035 }
2036 else
2037 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(resultRelInfo, estate),
2038 ExecGetUpdatedCols(resultRelInfo, estate));
2040 slot,
2041 tupdesc,
2042 modifiedCols,
2043 64);
2044 ereport(ERROR,
2045 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
2046 errmsg("new row for relation \"%s\" violates check constraint \"%s\"",
2047 RelationGetRelationName(orig_rel), failed),
2048 val_desc ? errdetail("Failing row contains %s.", val_desc) : 0,
2049 errtableconstraint(orig_rel, failed)));
2050 }
2051 }
2052}
AttrMap * build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, bool missing_ok)
Definition: attmap.c:261
#define InvalidAttrNumber
Definition: attnum.h:23
Bitmapset * bms_union(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition: bitmapset.c:251
static void ReportNotNullViolationError(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, int attnum)
Definition: execMain.c:2131
char * ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(Oid reloid, TupleTableSlot *slot, TupleDesc tupdesc, Bitmapset *modifiedCols, int maxfieldlen)
Definition: execMain.c:2363
AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, List *notnull_virtual_attrs)
Definition: execMain.c:2066
static const char * ExecRelCheck(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
Definition: execMain.c:1750
TupleTableSlot * MakeTupleTableSlot(TupleDesc tupleDesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
Definition: execTuples.c:1301
Bitmapset * ExecGetInsertedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition: execUtils.c:1361
Bitmapset * ExecGetUpdatedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition: execUtils.c:1382
#define RelationGetRelid(relation)
Definition: rel.h:516
#define RelationGetDescr(relation)
Definition: rel.h:542
Definition: attmap.h:35
struct ResultRelInfo * ri_RootResultRelInfo
Definition: execnodes.h:614
bool has_not_null
Definition: tupdesc.h:45
TupleConstr * constr
Definition: tupdesc.h:141
TupleTableSlot * execute_attr_map_slot(AttrMap *attrMap, TupleTableSlot *in_slot, TupleTableSlot *out_slot)
Definition: tupconvert.c:192
static bool slot_attisnull(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum)
Definition: tuptable.h:385

References Assert(), attnum, bms_union(), build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), TupleDescData::constr, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, errtableconstraint(), ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), ExecRelCheck(), ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(), execute_attr_map_slot(), TupleConstr::has_not_null, InvalidAttrNumber, lappend_int(), MakeTupleTableSlot(), TupleDescData::natts, NIL, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReportNotNullViolationError(), ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, slot_attisnull(), TTSOpsVirtual, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdateAct().

◆ ExecCreateScanSlotFromOuterPlan()

void ExecCreateScanSlotFromOuterPlan ( EState estate,
ScanState scanstate,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)

Definition at line 704 of file execUtils.c.

707{
709 TupleDesc tupDesc;
710
711 outerPlan = outerPlanState(scanstate);
712 tupDesc = ExecGetResultType(outerPlan);
713
714 ExecInitScanTupleSlot(estate, scanstate, tupDesc, tts_ops);
715}
void ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
Definition: execTuples.c:2000
TupleDesc ExecGetResultType(PlanState *planstate)
Definition: execUtils.c:495
#define outerPlanState(node)
Definition: execnodes.h:1252
#define outerPlan(node)
Definition: plannodes.h:234

References ExecGetResultType(), ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), outerPlan, and outerPlanState.

Referenced by ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitIncrementalSort(), ExecInitMaterial(), ExecInitMemoize(), ExecInitSort(), and ExecInitWindowAgg().

◆ execCurrentOf()

bool execCurrentOf ( CurrentOfExpr cexpr,
ExprContext econtext,
Oid  table_oid,
ItemPointer  current_tid 
)

Definition at line 44 of file execCurrent.c.

48{
49 char *cursor_name;
50 char *table_name;
51 Portal portal;
52 QueryDesc *queryDesc;
53
54 /* Get the cursor name --- may have to look up a parameter reference */
55 if (cexpr->cursor_name)
56 cursor_name = cexpr->cursor_name;
57 else
58 cursor_name = fetch_cursor_param_value(econtext, cexpr->cursor_param);
59
60 /* Fetch table name for possible use in error messages */
61 table_name = get_rel_name(table_oid);
62 if (table_name == NULL)
63 elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", table_oid);
64
65 /* Find the cursor's portal */
66 portal = GetPortalByName(cursor_name);
67 if (!PortalIsValid(portal))
69 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
70 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not exist", cursor_name)));
71
72 /*
73 * We have to watch out for non-SELECT queries as well as held cursors,
74 * both of which may have null queryDesc.
75 */
76 if (portal->strategy != PORTAL_ONE_SELECT)
78 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
79 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a SELECT query",
80 cursor_name)));
81 queryDesc = portal->queryDesc;
82 if (queryDesc == NULL || queryDesc->estate == NULL)
84 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
85 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is held from a previous transaction",
86 cursor_name)));
87
88 /*
89 * We have two different strategies depending on whether the cursor uses
90 * FOR UPDATE/SHARE or not. The reason for supporting both is that the
91 * FOR UPDATE code is able to identify a target table in many cases where
92 * the other code can't, while the non-FOR-UPDATE case allows use of WHERE
93 * CURRENT OF with an insensitive cursor.
94 */
95 if (queryDesc->estate->es_rowmarks)
96 {
97 ExecRowMark *erm;
98 Index i;
99
100 /*
101 * Here, the query must have exactly one FOR UPDATE/SHARE reference to
102 * the target table, and we dig the ctid info out of that.
103 */
104 erm = NULL;
105 for (i = 0; i < queryDesc->estate->es_range_table_size; i++)
106 {
107 ExecRowMark *thiserm = queryDesc->estate->es_rowmarks[i];
108
109 if (thiserm == NULL ||
111 continue; /* ignore non-FOR UPDATE/SHARE items */
112
113 if (thiserm->relid == table_oid)
114 {
115 if (erm)
117 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
118 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" has multiple FOR UPDATE/SHARE references to table \"%s\"",
119 cursor_name, table_name)));
120 erm = thiserm;
121 }
122 }
123
124 if (erm == NULL)
126 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
127 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not have a FOR UPDATE/SHARE reference to table \"%s\"",
128 cursor_name, table_name)));
129
130 /*
131 * The cursor must have a current result row: per the SQL spec, it's
132 * an error if not.
133 */
134 if (portal->atStart || portal->atEnd)
136 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
137 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not positioned on a row",
138 cursor_name)));
139
140 /* Return the currently scanned TID, if there is one */
141 if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(erm->curCtid)))
142 {
143 *current_tid = erm->curCtid;
144 return true;
145 }
146
147 /*
148 * This table didn't produce the cursor's current row; some other
149 * inheritance child of the same parent must have. Signal caller to
150 * do nothing on this table.
151 */
152 return false;
153 }
154 else
155 {
156 /*
157 * Without FOR UPDATE, we dig through the cursor's plan to find the
158 * scan node. Fail if it's not there or buried underneath
159 * aggregation.
160 */
161 ScanState *scanstate;
162 bool pending_rescan = false;
163
164 scanstate = search_plan_tree(queryDesc->planstate, table_oid,
165 &pending_rescan);
166 if (!scanstate)
168 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
169 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a simply updatable scan of table \"%s\"",
170 cursor_name, table_name)));
171
172 /*
173 * The cursor must have a current result row: per the SQL spec, it's
174 * an error if not. We test this at the top level, rather than at the
175 * scan node level, because in inheritance cases any one table scan
176 * could easily not be on a row. We want to return false, not raise
177 * error, if the passed-in table OID is for one of the inactive scans.
178 */
179 if (portal->atStart || portal->atEnd)
181 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
182 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not positioned on a row",
183 cursor_name)));
184
185 /*
186 * Now OK to return false if we found an inactive scan. It is
187 * inactive either if it's not positioned on a row, or there's a
188 * rescan pending for it.
189 */
190 if (TupIsNull(scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot) || pending_rescan)
191 return false;
192
193 /*
194 * Extract TID of the scan's current row. The mechanism for this is
195 * in principle scan-type-dependent, but for most scan types, we can
196 * just dig the TID out of the physical scan tuple.
197 */
198 if (IsA(scanstate, IndexOnlyScanState))
199 {
200 /*
201 * For IndexOnlyScan, the tuple stored in ss_ScanTupleSlot may be
202 * a virtual tuple that does not have the ctid column, so we have
203 * to get the TID from xs_heaptid.
204 */
205 IndexScanDesc scan = ((IndexOnlyScanState *) scanstate)->ioss_ScanDesc;
206
207 *current_tid = scan->xs_heaptid;
208 }
209 else
210 {
211 /*
212 * Default case: try to fetch TID from the scan node's current
213 * tuple. As an extra cross-check, verify tableoid in the current
214 * tuple. If the scan hasn't provided a physical tuple, we have
215 * to fail.
216 */
217 Datum ldatum;
218 bool lisnull;
219 ItemPointer tuple_tid;
220
221#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
222 ldatum = slot_getsysattr(scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot,
224 &lisnull);
225 if (lisnull)
227 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
228 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a simply updatable scan of table \"%s\"",
229 cursor_name, table_name)));
230 Assert(DatumGetObjectId(ldatum) == table_oid);
231#endif
232
233 ldatum = slot_getsysattr(scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot,
235 &lisnull);
236 if (lisnull)
238 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE),
239 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" is not a simply updatable scan of table \"%s\"",
240 cursor_name, table_name)));
241 tuple_tid = (ItemPointer) DatumGetPointer(ldatum);
242
243 *current_tid = *tuple_tid;
244 }
245
246 Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(current_tid));
247
248 return true;
249 }
250}
static ScanState * search_plan_tree(PlanState *node, Oid table_oid, bool *pending_rescan)
Definition: execCurrent.c:314
static char * fetch_cursor_param_value(ExprContext *econtext, int paramId)
Definition: execCurrent.c:258
ItemPointerData * ItemPointer
Definition: itemptr.h:49
static bool ItemPointerIsValid(const ItemPointerData *pointer)
Definition: itemptr.h:83
@ PORTAL_ONE_SELECT
Definition: portal.h:91
#define PortalIsValid(p)
Definition: portal.h:211
Portal GetPortalByName(const char *name)
Definition: portalmem.c:130
char * cursor_name
Definition: primnodes.h:2103
ItemPointerData curCtid
Definition: execnodes.h:802
ItemPointerData xs_heaptid
Definition: relscan.h:172
QueryDesc * queryDesc
Definition: portal.h:156
bool atEnd
Definition: portal.h:199
bool atStart
Definition: portal.h:198
PortalStrategy strategy
Definition: portal.h:146
EState * estate
Definition: execdesc.h:48
PlanState * planstate
Definition: execdesc.h:49
#define TableOidAttributeNumber
Definition: sysattr.h:26
#define SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber
Definition: sysattr.h:21
static Datum slot_getsysattr(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum, bool *isnull)
Definition: tuptable.h:420

References Assert(), PortalData::atEnd, PortalData::atStart, ExecRowMark::curCtid, CurrentOfExpr::cursor_name, CurrentOfExpr::cursor_param, DatumGetObjectId(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_rowmarks, QueryDesc::estate, fetch_cursor_param_value(), get_rel_name(), GetPortalByName(), i, IsA, ItemPointerIsValid(), ExecRowMark::markType, QueryDesc::planstate, PORTAL_ONE_SELECT, PortalIsValid, PortalData::queryDesc, ExecRowMark::relid, RowMarkRequiresRowShareLock, search_plan_tree(), SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber, slot_getsysattr(), ScanState::ss_ScanTupleSlot, PortalData::strategy, TableOidAttributeNumber, TupIsNull, and IndexScanDescData::xs_heaptid.

Referenced by TidListEval().

◆ ExecEndNode()

void ExecEndNode ( PlanState node)

Definition at line 562 of file execProcnode.c.

563{
564 /*
565 * do nothing when we get to the end of a leaf on tree.
566 */
567 if (node == NULL)
568 return;
569
570 /*
571 * Make sure there's enough stack available. Need to check here, in
572 * addition to ExecProcNode() (via ExecProcNodeFirst()), because it's not
573 * guaranteed that ExecProcNode() is reached for all nodes.
574 */
576
577 if (node->chgParam != NULL)
578 {
579 bms_free(node->chgParam);
580 node->chgParam = NULL;
581 }
582
583 switch (nodeTag(node))
584 {
585 /*
586 * control nodes
587 */
588 case T_ResultState:
589 ExecEndResult((ResultState *) node);
590 break;
591
592 case T_ProjectSetState:
594 break;
595
596 case T_ModifyTableState:
598 break;
599
600 case T_AppendState:
601 ExecEndAppend((AppendState *) node);
602 break;
603
604 case T_MergeAppendState:
606 break;
607
608 case T_RecursiveUnionState:
610 break;
611
612 case T_BitmapAndState:
614 break;
615
616 case T_BitmapOrState:
618 break;
619
620 /*
621 * scan nodes
622 */
623 case T_SeqScanState:
625 break;
626
627 case T_SampleScanState:
629 break;
630
631 case T_GatherState:
632 ExecEndGather((GatherState *) node);
633 break;
634
635 case T_GatherMergeState:
637 break;
638
639 case T_IndexScanState:
641 break;
642
643 case T_IndexOnlyScanState:
645 break;
646
647 case T_BitmapIndexScanState:
649 break;
650
651 case T_BitmapHeapScanState:
653 break;
654
655 case T_TidScanState:
657 break;
658
659 case T_TidRangeScanState:
661 break;
662
663 case T_SubqueryScanState:
665 break;
666
667 case T_FunctionScanState:
669 break;
670
671 case T_TableFuncScanState:
673 break;
674
675 case T_CteScanState:
677 break;
678
679 case T_ForeignScanState:
681 break;
682
683 case T_CustomScanState:
685 break;
686
687 /*
688 * join nodes
689 */
690 case T_NestLoopState:
692 break;
693
694 case T_MergeJoinState:
696 break;
697
698 case T_HashJoinState:
700 break;
701
702 /*
703 * materialization nodes
704 */
705 case T_MaterialState:
707 break;
708
709 case T_SortState:
710 ExecEndSort((SortState *) node);
711 break;
712
713 case T_IncrementalSortState:
715 break;
716
717 case T_MemoizeState:
719 break;
720
721 case T_GroupState:
722 ExecEndGroup((GroupState *) node);
723 break;
724
725 case T_AggState:
726 ExecEndAgg((AggState *) node);
727 break;
728
729 case T_WindowAggState:
731 break;
732
733 case T_UniqueState:
734 ExecEndUnique((UniqueState *) node);
735 break;
736
737 case T_HashState:
738 ExecEndHash((HashState *) node);
739 break;
740
741 case T_SetOpState:
742 ExecEndSetOp((SetOpState *) node);
743 break;
744
745 case T_LockRowsState:
747 break;
748
749 case T_LimitState:
750 ExecEndLimit((LimitState *) node);
751 break;
752
753 /* No clean up actions for these nodes. */
754 case T_ValuesScanState:
755 case T_NamedTuplestoreScanState:
756 case T_WorkTableScanState:
757 break;
758
759 default:
760 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
761 break;
762 }
763}
void bms_free(Bitmapset *a)
Definition: bitmapset.c:239
void ExecEndAgg(AggState *node)
Definition: nodeAgg.c:4400
void ExecEndAppend(AppendState *node)
Definition: nodeAppend.c:401
void ExecEndBitmapAnd(BitmapAndState *node)
void ExecEndBitmapHeapScan(BitmapHeapScanState *node)
void ExecEndBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScanState *node)
void ExecEndBitmapOr(BitmapOrState *node)
Definition: nodeBitmapOr.c:196
void ExecEndCteScan(CteScanState *node)
Definition: nodeCtescan.c:288
void ExecEndCustomScan(CustomScanState *node)
Definition: nodeCustom.c:125
void ExecEndForeignScan(ForeignScanState *node)
void ExecEndFunctionScan(FunctionScanState *node)
void ExecEndGatherMerge(GatherMergeState *node)
void ExecEndGather(GatherState *node)
Definition: nodeGather.c:251
void ExecEndGroup(GroupState *node)
Definition: nodeGroup.c:226
void ExecEndHash(HashState *node)
Definition: nodeHash.c:427
void ExecEndHashJoin(HashJoinState *node)
Definition: nodeHashjoin.c:948
void ExecEndIncrementalSort(IncrementalSortState *node)
void ExecEndIndexOnlyScan(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecEndIndexScan(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecEndLimit(LimitState *node)
Definition: nodeLimit.c:534
void ExecEndLockRows(LockRowsState *node)
Definition: nodeLockRows.c:390
void ExecEndMaterial(MaterialState *node)
Definition: nodeMaterial.c:240
void ExecEndMemoize(MemoizeState *node)
Definition: nodeMemoize.c:1079
void ExecEndMergeAppend(MergeAppendState *node)
void ExecEndMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
void ExecEndModifyTable(ModifyTableState *node)
void ExecEndNestLoop(NestLoopState *node)
Definition: nodeNestloop.c:361
void ExecEndProjectSet(ProjectSetState *node)
void ExecEndRecursiveUnion(RecursiveUnionState *node)
void ExecEndResult(ResultState *node)
Definition: nodeResult.c:240
void ExecEndSampleScan(SampleScanState *node)
void ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
Definition: nodeSeqscan.c:289
void ExecEndSetOp(SetOpState *node)
Definition: nodeSetOp.c:681
void ExecEndSort(SortState *node)
Definition: nodeSort.c:301
void ExecEndSubqueryScan(SubqueryScanState *node)
void ExecEndTableFuncScan(TableFuncScanState *node)
void ExecEndTidRangeScan(TidRangeScanState *node)
void ExecEndTidScan(TidScanState *node)
Definition: nodeTidscan.c:470
void ExecEndUnique(UniqueState *node)
Definition: nodeUnique.c:168
void ExecEndWindowAgg(WindowAggState *node)
#define nodeTag(nodeptr)
Definition: nodes.h:139
void check_stack_depth(void)
Definition: stack_depth.c:95

References bms_free(), check_stack_depth(), PlanState::chgParam, elog, ERROR, ExecEndAgg(), ExecEndAppend(), ExecEndBitmapAnd(), ExecEndBitmapHeapScan(), ExecEndBitmapIndexScan(), ExecEndBitmapOr(), ExecEndCteScan(), ExecEndCustomScan(), ExecEndForeignScan(), ExecEndFunctionScan(), ExecEndGather(), ExecEndGatherMerge(), ExecEndGroup(), ExecEndHash(), ExecEndHashJoin(), ExecEndIncrementalSort(), ExecEndIndexOnlyScan(), ExecEndIndexScan(), ExecEndLimit(), ExecEndLockRows(), ExecEndMaterial(), ExecEndMemoize(), ExecEndMergeAppend(), ExecEndMergeJoin(), ExecEndModifyTable(), ExecEndNestLoop(), ExecEndProjectSet(), ExecEndRecursiveUnion(), ExecEndResult(), ExecEndSampleScan(), ExecEndSeqScan(), ExecEndSetOp(), ExecEndSort(), ExecEndSubqueryScan(), ExecEndTableFuncScan(), ExecEndTidRangeScan(), ExecEndTidScan(), ExecEndUnique(), ExecEndWindowAgg(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by EvalPlanQualEnd(), ExecEndAgg(), ExecEndAppend(), ExecEndBitmapAnd(), ExecEndBitmapHeapScan(), ExecEndBitmapOr(), ExecEndForeignScan(), ExecEndGather(), ExecEndGatherMerge(), ExecEndGroup(), ExecEndHash(), ExecEndHashJoin(), ExecEndIncrementalSort(), ExecEndLimit(), ExecEndLockRows(), ExecEndMaterial(), ExecEndMemoize(), ExecEndMergeAppend(), ExecEndMergeJoin(), ExecEndModifyTable(), ExecEndNestLoop(), ExecEndPlan(), ExecEndProjectSet(), ExecEndRecursiveUnion(), ExecEndResult(), ExecEndSetOp(), ExecEndSort(), ExecEndSubqueryScan(), ExecEndUnique(), and ExecEndWindowAgg().

◆ ExecEvalExpr()

◆ ExecEvalExprNoReturn()

static void ExecEvalExprNoReturn ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 412 of file executor.h.

414{
416
417 retDatum = state->evalfunc(state, econtext, NULL);
418
419 Assert(retDatum == (Datum) 0);
420}
#define PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY
Definition: c.h:224

References Assert(), and PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY.

Referenced by ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext().

◆ ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext()

static void ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 452 of file executor.h.

454{
455 MemoryContext oldContext;
456
457 oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory);
458 ExecEvalExprNoReturn(state, econtext);
459 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
460}
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturn(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: executor.h:412

References ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, ExecEvalExprNoReturn(), and MemoryContextSwitchTo().

Referenced by advance_aggregates(), and ExecProject().

◆ ExecEvalExprSwitchContext()

◆ ExecFilterJunk()

TupleTableSlot * ExecFilterJunk ( JunkFilter junkfilter,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)

Definition at line 247 of file execJunk.c.

248{
249 TupleTableSlot *resultSlot;
250 AttrNumber *cleanMap;
251 TupleDesc cleanTupType;
252 int cleanLength;
253 int i;
254 Datum *values;
255 bool *isnull;
256 Datum *old_values;
257 bool *old_isnull;
258
259 /*
260 * Extract all the values of the old tuple.
261 */
262 slot_getallattrs(slot);
263 old_values = slot->tts_values;
264 old_isnull = slot->tts_isnull;
265
266 /*
267 * get info from the junk filter
268 */
269 cleanTupType = junkfilter->jf_cleanTupType;
270 cleanLength = cleanTupType->natts;
271 cleanMap = junkfilter->jf_cleanMap;
272 resultSlot = junkfilter->jf_resultSlot;
273
274 /*
275 * Prepare to build a virtual result tuple.
276 */
277 ExecClearTuple(resultSlot);
278 values = resultSlot->tts_values;
279 isnull = resultSlot->tts_isnull;
280
281 /*
282 * Transpose data into proper fields of the new tuple.
283 */
284 for (i = 0; i < cleanLength; i++)
285 {
286 int j = cleanMap[i];
287
288 if (j == 0)
289 {
290 values[i] = (Datum) 0;
291 isnull[i] = true;
292 }
293 else
294 {
295 values[i] = old_values[j - 1];
296 isnull[i] = old_isnull[j - 1];
297 }
298 }
299
300 /*
301 * And return the virtual tuple.
302 */
303 return ExecStoreVirtualTuple(resultSlot);
304}
int j
Definition: isn.c:78
TupleDesc jf_cleanTupType
Definition: execnodes.h:413
TupleTableSlot * jf_resultSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:415
AttrNumber * jf_cleanMap
Definition: execnodes.h:414

References ExecClearTuple(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), i, j, JunkFilter::jf_cleanMap, JunkFilter::jf_cleanTupType, JunkFilter::jf_resultSlot, TupleDescData::natts, slot_getallattrs(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, and values.

Referenced by ExecEvalWholeRowVar(), ExecutePlan(), and sqlfunction_receive().

◆ ExecFindJunkAttribute()

AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttribute ( JunkFilter junkfilter,
const char *  attrName 
)

Definition at line 210 of file execJunk.c.

211{
212 return ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(junkfilter->jf_targetList, attrName);
213}
List * jf_targetList
Definition: execnodes.h:412

References ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist(), and JunkFilter::jf_targetList.

◆ ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist()

AttrNumber ExecFindJunkAttributeInTlist ( List targetlist,
const char *  attrName 
)

Definition at line 222 of file execJunk.c.

223{
224 ListCell *t;
225
226 foreach(t, targetlist)
227 {
228 TargetEntry *tle = lfirst(t);
229
230 if (tle->resjunk && tle->resname &&
231 (strcmp(tle->resname, attrName) == 0))
232 {
233 /* We found it ! */
234 return tle->resno;
235 }
236 }
237
238 return InvalidAttrNumber;
239}

References InvalidAttrNumber, lfirst, and TargetEntry::resno.

Referenced by create_foreign_modify(), ExecBuildAuxRowMark(), ExecFindJunkAttribute(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecFindRowMark()

ExecRowMark * ExecFindRowMark ( EState estate,
Index  rti,
bool  missing_ok 
)

Definition at line 2528 of file execMain.c.

2529{
2530 if (rti > 0 && rti <= estate->es_range_table_size &&
2531 estate->es_rowmarks != NULL)
2532 {
2533 ExecRowMark *erm = estate->es_rowmarks[rti - 1];
2534
2535 if (erm)
2536 return erm;
2537 }
2538 if (!missing_ok)
2539 elog(ERROR, "failed to find ExecRowMark for rangetable index %u", rti);
2540 return NULL;
2541}

References elog, ERROR, and EState::es_rowmarks.

Referenced by ExecInitLockRows(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecGetAllNullSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetAllNullSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)

Definition at line 1273 of file execUtils.c.

1274{
1275 if (relInfo->ri_AllNullSlot == NULL)
1276 {
1277 Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1278 MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1279 TupleTableSlot *slot;
1280
1281 slot = ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(estate,
1282 RelationGetDescr(rel),
1285
1286 relInfo->ri_AllNullSlot = slot;
1287
1288 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1289 }
1290
1291 return relInfo->ri_AllNullSlot;
1292}
TupleTableSlot * ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(EState *estate, TupleDesc tupledesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
Definition: execTuples.c:2020
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreAllNullTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1765
TupleTableSlot * ri_AllNullSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:524
const TupleTableSlotOps * table_slot_callbacks(Relation relation)
Definition: tableam.c:59

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), ExecStoreAllNullTuple(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, ResultRelInfo::ri_AllNullSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and table_slot_callbacks().

Referenced by ExecProcessReturning().

◆ ExecGetAllUpdatedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetAllUpdatedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1418 of file execUtils.c.

1419{
1420 Bitmapset *ret;
1421 MemoryContext oldcxt;
1422
1424
1425 ret = bms_union(ExecGetUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
1426 ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate));
1427
1428 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
1429
1430 return ret;
1431}
Bitmapset * ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition: execUtils.c:1403
#define GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate)
Definition: executor.h:655

References bms_union(), ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, and MemoryContextSwitchTo().

Referenced by ExecARUpdateTriggers(), ExecASUpdateTriggers(), ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecBSUpdateTriggers(), and ExecUpdateLockMode().

◆ ExecGetAncestorResultRels()

List * ExecGetAncestorResultRels ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo 
)

Definition at line 1402 of file execMain.c.

1403{
1404 ResultRelInfo *rootRelInfo = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
1405 Relation partRel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1406 Oid rootRelOid;
1407
1408 if (!partRel->rd_rel->relispartition)
1409 elog(ERROR, "cannot find ancestors of a non-partition result relation");
1410 Assert(rootRelInfo != NULL);
1411 rootRelOid = RelationGetRelid(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1412 if (resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels == NIL)
1413 {
1414 ListCell *lc;
1416 List *ancResultRels = NIL;
1417
1418 foreach(lc, oids)
1419 {
1420 Oid ancOid = lfirst_oid(lc);
1421 Relation ancRel;
1422 ResultRelInfo *rInfo;
1423
1424 /*
1425 * Ignore the root ancestor here, and use ri_RootResultRelInfo
1426 * (below) for it instead. Also, we stop climbing up the
1427 * hierarchy when we find the table that was mentioned in the
1428 * query.
1429 */
1430 if (ancOid == rootRelOid)
1431 break;
1432
1433 /*
1434 * All ancestors up to the root target relation must have been
1435 * locked by the planner or AcquireExecutorLocks().
1436 */
1437 ancRel = table_open(ancOid, NoLock);
1438 rInfo = makeNode(ResultRelInfo);
1439
1440 /* dummy rangetable index */
1441 InitResultRelInfo(rInfo, ancRel, 0, NULL,
1442 estate->es_instrument);
1443 ancResultRels = lappend(ancResultRels, rInfo);
1444 }
1445 ancResultRels = lappend(ancResultRels, rootRelInfo);
1446 resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels = ancResultRels;
1447 }
1448
1449 /* We must have found some ancestor */
1450 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels != NIL);
1451
1452 return resultRelInfo->ri_ancestorResultRels;
1453}
void InitResultRelInfo(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Relation resultRelationDesc, Index resultRelationIndex, ResultRelInfo *partition_root_rri, int instrument_options)
Definition: execMain.c:1225
List * lappend(List *list, void *datum)
Definition: list.c:339
List * get_partition_ancestors(Oid relid)
Definition: partition.c:134
Relation table_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: table.c:40

References Assert(), elog, ERROR, EState::es_instrument, get_partition_ancestors(), InitResultRelInfo(), lappend(), lfirst_oid, makeNode, NIL, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, ResultRelInfo::ri_ancestorResultRels, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, and table_open().

Referenced by ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey().

◆ ExecGetChildToRootMap()

TupleConversionMap * ExecGetChildToRootMap ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo)

Definition at line 1300 of file execUtils.c.

1301{
1302 /* If we didn't already do so, compute the map for this child. */
1303 if (!resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMapValid)
1304 {
1305 ResultRelInfo *rootRelInfo = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
1306
1307 if (rootRelInfo)
1308 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap =
1310 RelationGetDescr(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc));
1311 else /* this isn't a child result rel */
1312 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap = NULL;
1313
1314 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMapValid = true;
1315 }
1316
1317 return resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap;
1318}
TupleConversionMap * ri_ChildToRootMap
Definition: execnodes.h:594
bool ri_ChildToRootMapValid
Definition: execnodes.h:595
TupleConversionMap * convert_tuples_by_name(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc)
Definition: tupconvert.c:102

References convert_tuples_by_name(), RelationGetDescr, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMap, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMapValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo.

Referenced by adjust_partition_colnos(), AfterTriggerExecute(), AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), ExecCrossPartitionUpdate(), ExecDelete(), and TransitionTableAddTuple().

◆ ExecGetCommonChildSlotOps()

const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetCommonChildSlotOps ( PlanState ps)

Definition at line 563 of file execUtils.c.

564{
565 PlanState *planstates[2];
566
567 planstates[0] = outerPlanState(ps);
568 planstates[1] = innerPlanState(ps);
569 return ExecGetCommonSlotOps(planstates, 2);
570}
const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetCommonSlotOps(PlanState **planstates, int nplans)
Definition: execUtils.c:536
#define innerPlanState(node)
Definition: execnodes.h:1251
struct parser_state ps

References ExecGetCommonSlotOps(), innerPlanState, outerPlanState, and ps.

Referenced by build_hash_table().

◆ ExecGetCommonSlotOps()

const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetCommonSlotOps ( PlanState **  planstates,
int  nplans 
)

Definition at line 536 of file execUtils.c.

537{
538 const TupleTableSlotOps *result;
539 bool isfixed;
540
541 if (nplans <= 0)
542 return NULL;
543 result = ExecGetResultSlotOps(planstates[0], &isfixed);
544 if (!isfixed)
545 return NULL;
546 for (int i = 1; i < nplans; i++)
547 {
548 const TupleTableSlotOps *thisops;
549
550 thisops = ExecGetResultSlotOps(planstates[i], &isfixed);
551 if (!isfixed)
552 return NULL;
553 if (result != thisops)
554 return NULL;
555 }
556 return result;
557}
const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetResultSlotOps(PlanState *planstate, bool *isfixed)
Definition: execUtils.c:504

References ExecGetResultSlotOps(), and i.

Referenced by ExecGetCommonChildSlotOps(), ExecInitAppend(), and ExecInitMergeAppend().

◆ ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1403 of file execUtils.c.

1404{
1405 /* Compute the info if we didn't already */
1406 if (!relinfo->ri_extraUpdatedCols_valid)
1407 ExecInitGenerated(relinfo, estate, CMD_UPDATE);
1408 return relinfo->ri_extraUpdatedCols;
1409}
void ExecInitGenerated(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, CmdType cmdtype)
bool ri_extraUpdatedCols_valid
Definition: execnodes.h:494
Bitmapset * ri_extraUpdatedCols
Definition: execnodes.h:492

References CMD_UPDATE, ExecInitGenerated(), ResultRelInfo::ri_extraUpdatedCols, and ResultRelInfo::ri_extraUpdatedCols_valid.

Referenced by ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), and index_unchanged_by_update().

◆ ExecGetInsertedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetInsertedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1361 of file execUtils.c.

1362{
1363 RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo = GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(relinfo, estate);
1364
1365 if (perminfo == NULL)
1366 return NULL;
1367
1368 /* Map the columns to child's attribute numbers if needed. */
1369 if (relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
1370 {
1371 TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetRootToChildMap(relinfo, estate);
1372
1373 if (map)
1374 return execute_attr_map_cols(map->attrMap, perminfo->insertedCols);
1375 }
1376
1377 return perminfo->insertedCols;
1378}
TupleConversionMap * ExecGetRootToChildMap(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate)
Definition: execUtils.c:1326
static RTEPermissionInfo * GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition: execUtils.c:1438
Bitmapset * insertedCols
Definition: parsenodes.h:1308
AttrMap * attrMap
Definition: tupconvert.h:28
Bitmapset * execute_attr_map_cols(AttrMap *attrMap, Bitmapset *in_cols)
Definition: tupconvert.c:252

References TupleConversionMap::attrMap, ExecGetRootToChildMap(), execute_attr_map_cols(), GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(), RTEPermissionInfo::insertedCols, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo.

Referenced by build_tuple_value_details(), ExecConstraints(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecWithCheckOptions(), and ReportNotNullViolationError().

◆ ExecGetJunkAttribute()

static Datum ExecGetJunkAttribute ( TupleTableSlot slot,
AttrNumber  attno,
bool *  isNull 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 221 of file executor.h.

222{
223 Assert(attno > 0);
224 return slot_getattr(slot, attno, isNull);
225}
static Datum slot_getattr(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum, bool *isnull)
Definition: tuptable.h:399

References Assert(), and slot_getattr().

Referenced by EvalPlanQualFetchRowMark(), ExecLockRows(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecModifyTable(), and execute_foreign_modify().

◆ ExecGetRangeTableRelation()

Relation ExecGetRangeTableRelation ( EState estate,
Index  rti,
bool  isResultRel 
)

Definition at line 825 of file execUtils.c.

826{
827 Relation rel;
828
829 Assert(rti > 0 && rti <= estate->es_range_table_size);
830
831 if (!isResultRel && !bms_is_member(rti, estate->es_unpruned_relids))
832 elog(ERROR, "trying to open a pruned relation");
833
834 rel = estate->es_relations[rti - 1];
835 if (rel == NULL)
836 {
837 /* First time through, so open the relation */
838 RangeTblEntry *rte = exec_rt_fetch(rti, estate);
839
840 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
841
842 if (!IsParallelWorker())
843 {
844 /*
845 * In a normal query, we should already have the appropriate lock,
846 * but verify that through an Assert. Since there's already an
847 * Assert inside table_open that insists on holding some lock, it
848 * seems sufficient to check this only when rellockmode is higher
849 * than the minimum.
850 */
851 rel = table_open(rte->relid, NoLock);
852 Assert(rte->rellockmode == AccessShareLock ||
853 CheckRelationLockedByMe(rel, rte->rellockmode, false));
854 }
855 else
856 {
857 /*
858 * If we are a parallel worker, we need to obtain our own local
859 * lock on the relation. This ensures sane behavior in case the
860 * parent process exits before we do.
861 */
862 rel = table_open(rte->relid, rte->rellockmode);
863 }
864
865 estate->es_relations[rti - 1] = rel;
866 }
867
868 return rel;
869}
static RangeTblEntry * exec_rt_fetch(Index rti, EState *estate)
Definition: executor.h:691
#define IsParallelWorker()
Definition: parallel.h:60
bool CheckRelationLockedByMe(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
Definition: lmgr.c:334
#define AccessShareLock
Definition: lockdefs.h:36
Bitmapset * es_unpruned_relids
Definition: execnodes.h:669

References AccessShareLock, Assert(), bms_is_member(), CheckRelationLockedByMe(), elog, ERROR, EState::es_relations, EState::es_unpruned_relids, exec_rt_fetch(), IsParallelWorker, NoLock, RTE_RELATION, RangeTblEntry::rtekind, and table_open().

Referenced by CreatePartitionPruneState(), ExecInitResultRelation(), ExecOpenScanRelation(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecGetResultRelCheckAsUser()

Oid ExecGetResultRelCheckAsUser ( ResultRelInfo relInfo,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1489 of file execUtils.c.

1490{
1491 RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo = GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(relInfo, estate);
1492
1493 /* XXX - maybe ok to return GetUserId() in this case? */
1494 if (perminfo == NULL)
1495 elog(ERROR, "no RTEPermissionInfo found for result relation with OID %u",
1497
1498 return perminfo->checkAsUser ? perminfo->checkAsUser : GetUserId();
1499}

References RTEPermissionInfo::checkAsUser, elog, ERROR, GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(), GetUserId(), RelationGetRelid, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc.

Referenced by create_foreign_modify().

◆ ExecGetResultSlotOps()

const TupleTableSlotOps * ExecGetResultSlotOps ( PlanState planstate,
bool *  isfixed 
)

Definition at line 504 of file execUtils.c.

505{
506 if (planstate->resultopsset && planstate->resultops)
507 {
508 if (isfixed)
509 *isfixed = planstate->resultopsfixed;
510 return planstate->resultops;
511 }
512
513 if (isfixed)
514 {
515 if (planstate->resultopsset)
516 *isfixed = planstate->resultopsfixed;
517 else if (planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot)
518 *isfixed = TTS_FIXED(planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot);
519 else
520 *isfixed = false;
521 }
522
523 if (!planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot)
524 return &TTSOpsVirtual;
525
526 return planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot->tts_ops;
527}
const TupleTableSlotOps *const tts_ops
Definition: tuptable.h:121
#define TTS_FIXED(slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:108

References PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, PlanState::resultops, PlanState::resultopsfixed, PlanState::resultopsset, TTS_FIXED, TupleTableSlot::tts_ops, and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecComputeSlotInfo(), ExecGetCommonSlotOps(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitLockRows(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), and ExecInitSubqueryScan().

◆ ExecGetResultType()

◆ ExecGetReturningSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetReturningSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)

Definition at line 1248 of file execUtils.c.

1249{
1250 if (relInfo->ri_ReturningSlot == NULL)
1251 {
1252 Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1253 MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1254
1255 relInfo->ri_ReturningSlot =
1257 RelationGetDescr(rel),
1259
1260 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1261 }
1262
1263 return relInfo->ri_ReturningSlot;
1264}
TupleTableSlot * ri_ReturningSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:521

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_ReturningSlot, and table_slot_callbacks().

Referenced by apply_returning_filter(), ExecDelete(), and ExecInsert().

◆ ExecGetRootToChildMap()

TupleConversionMap * ExecGetRootToChildMap ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1326 of file execUtils.c.

1327{
1328 /* Mustn't get called for a non-child result relation. */
1329 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
1330
1331 /* If we didn't already do so, compute the map for this child. */
1332 if (!resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMapValid)
1333 {
1334 ResultRelInfo *rootRelInfo = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
1335 TupleDesc indesc = RelationGetDescr(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1336 TupleDesc outdesc = RelationGetDescr(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1337 Relation childrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1338 AttrMap *attrMap;
1339 MemoryContext oldcontext;
1340
1341 /*
1342 * When this child table is not a partition (!relispartition), it may
1343 * have columns that are not present in the root table, which we ask
1344 * to ignore by passing true for missing_ok.
1345 */
1346 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1347 attrMap = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(indesc, outdesc,
1348 !childrel->rd_rel->relispartition);
1349 if (attrMap)
1350 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMap =
1351 convert_tuples_by_name_attrmap(indesc, outdesc, attrMap);
1352 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1353 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMapValid = true;
1354 }
1355
1356 return resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMap;
1357}
TupleConversionMap * ri_RootToChildMap
Definition: execnodes.h:600
bool ri_RootToChildMapValid
Definition: execnodes.h:601
TupleConversionMap * convert_tuples_by_name_attrmap(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, AttrMap *attrMap)
Definition: tupconvert.c:124

References Assert(), build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), convert_tuples_by_name_attrmap(), EState::es_query_cxt, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMap, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMapValid.

Referenced by apply_handle_tuple_routing(), CopyFrom(), ExecFindPartition(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInitRoutingInfo(), ExecInsert(), and ExecPrepareTupleRouting().

◆ ExecGetTriggerNewSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetTriggerNewSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)

Definition at line 1226 of file execUtils.c.

1227{
1228 if (relInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot == NULL)
1229 {
1230 Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
1231 MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1232
1233 relInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot =
1235 RelationGetDescr(rel),
1237
1238 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1239 }
1240
1241 return relInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot;
1242}
TupleTableSlot * ri_TrigNewSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:523

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetDescr, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigNewSlot, and table_slot_callbacks().

Referenced by AfterTriggerExecute(), and AfterTriggerSaveEvent().

◆ ExecGetTriggerOldSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetTriggerOldSlot ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relInfo 
)

◆ ExecGetTriggerResultRel()

ResultRelInfo * ExecGetTriggerResultRel ( EState estate,
Oid  relid,
ResultRelInfo rootRelInfo 
)

Definition at line 1326 of file execMain.c.

1328{
1329 ResultRelInfo *rInfo;
1330 ListCell *l;
1331 Relation rel;
1332 MemoryContext oldcontext;
1333
1334 /* Search through the query result relations */
1335 foreach(l, estate->es_opened_result_relations)
1336 {
1337 rInfo = lfirst(l);
1338 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == relid)
1339 return rInfo;
1340 }
1341
1342 /*
1343 * Search through the result relations that were created during tuple
1344 * routing, if any.
1345 */
1346 foreach(l, estate->es_tuple_routing_result_relations)
1347 {
1348 rInfo = (ResultRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
1349 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == relid)
1350 return rInfo;
1351 }
1352
1353 /* Nope, but maybe we already made an extra ResultRelInfo for it */
1354 foreach(l, estate->es_trig_target_relations)
1355 {
1356 rInfo = (ResultRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
1357 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == relid)
1358 return rInfo;
1359 }
1360 /* Nope, so we need a new one */
1361
1362 /*
1363 * Open the target relation's relcache entry. We assume that an
1364 * appropriate lock is still held by the backend from whenever the trigger
1365 * event got queued, so we need take no new lock here. Also, we need not
1366 * recheck the relkind, so no need for CheckValidResultRel.
1367 */
1368 rel = table_open(relid, NoLock);
1369
1370 /*
1371 * Make the new entry in the right context.
1372 */
1373 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
1374 rInfo = makeNode(ResultRelInfo);
1375 InitResultRelInfo(rInfo,
1376 rel,
1377 0, /* dummy rangetable index */
1378 rootRelInfo,
1379 estate->es_instrument);
1380 estate->es_trig_target_relations =
1381 lappend(estate->es_trig_target_relations, rInfo);
1382 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
1383
1384 /*
1385 * Currently, we don't need any index information in ResultRelInfos used
1386 * only for triggers, so no need to call ExecOpenIndices.
1387 */
1388
1389 return rInfo;
1390}

References EState::es_instrument, EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_trig_target_relations, EState::es_tuple_routing_result_relations, InitResultRelInfo(), lappend(), lfirst, makeNode, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NoLock, RelationGetRelid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and table_open().

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents().

◆ ExecGetUpdatedCols()

Bitmapset * ExecGetUpdatedCols ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1382 of file execUtils.c.

1383{
1384 RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo = GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(relinfo, estate);
1385
1386 if (perminfo == NULL)
1387 return NULL;
1388
1389 /* Map the columns to child's attribute numbers if needed. */
1390 if (relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
1391 {
1392 TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetRootToChildMap(relinfo, estate);
1393
1394 if (map)
1395 return execute_attr_map_cols(map->attrMap, perminfo->updatedCols);
1396 }
1397
1398 return perminfo->updatedCols;
1399}
Bitmapset * updatedCols
Definition: parsenodes.h:1309

References TupleConversionMap::attrMap, ExecGetRootToChildMap(), execute_attr_map_cols(), GetResultRTEPermissionInfo(), ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, and RTEPermissionInfo::updatedCols.

Referenced by build_tuple_value_details(), ExecConstraints(), ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), ExecInitGenerated(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecWithCheckOptions(), index_unchanged_by_update(), and ReportNotNullViolationError().

◆ ExecGetUpdateNewTuple()

TupleTableSlot * ExecGetUpdateNewTuple ( ResultRelInfo relinfo,
TupleTableSlot planSlot,
TupleTableSlot oldSlot 
)

Definition at line 811 of file nodeModifyTable.c.

814{
815 ProjectionInfo *newProj = relinfo->ri_projectNew;
816 ExprContext *econtext;
817
818 /* Use a few extra Asserts to protect against outside callers */
820 Assert(planSlot != NULL && !TTS_EMPTY(planSlot));
821 Assert(oldSlot != NULL && !TTS_EMPTY(oldSlot));
822
823 econtext = newProj->pi_exprContext;
824 econtext->ecxt_outertuple = planSlot;
825 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = oldSlot;
826 return ExecProject(newProj);
827}
static TupleTableSlot * ExecProject(ProjectionInfo *projInfo)
Definition: executor.h:477
bool ri_projectNewInfoValid
Definition: execnodes.h:503
ProjectionInfo * ri_projectNew
Definition: execnodes.h:497
#define TTS_EMPTY(slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:96

References Assert(), ExprContext::ecxt_outertuple, ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, ExecProject(), ProjectionInfo::pi_exprContext, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectNew, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectNewInfoValid, and TTS_EMPTY.

Referenced by ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecCrossPartitionUpdate(), ExecModifyTable(), and ExecUpdate().

◆ ExecInitCheck()

ExprState * ExecInitCheck ( List qual,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 315 of file execExpr.c.

316{
317 /* short-circuit (here and in ExecCheck) for empty restriction list */
318 if (qual == NIL)
319 return NULL;
320
321 Assert(IsA(qual, List));
322
323 /*
324 * Just convert the implicit-AND list to an explicit AND (if there's more
325 * than one entry), and compile normally. Unlike ExecQual, we can't
326 * short-circuit on NULL results, so the regular AND behavior is needed.
327 */
328 return ExecInitExpr(make_ands_explicit(qual), parent);
329}
ExprState * ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
Definition: execExpr.c:143
Expr * make_ands_explicit(List *andclauses)
Definition: makefuncs.c:799

References Assert(), ExecInitExpr(), IsA, make_ands_explicit(), and NIL.

Referenced by ExecPrepareCheck().

◆ ExecInitExpr()

ExprState * ExecInitExpr ( Expr node,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 143 of file execExpr.c.

144{
146 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
147
148 /* Special case: NULL expression produces a NULL ExprState pointer */
149 if (node == NULL)
150 return NULL;
151
152 /* Initialize ExprState with empty step list */
154 state->expr = node;
155 state->parent = parent;
156 state->ext_params = NULL;
157
158 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
160
161 /* Compile the expression proper */
162 ExecInitExprRec(node, state, &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
163
164 /* Finally, append a DONE step */
165 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
166 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
167
169
170 return state;
171}

References EEOP_DONE_RETURN, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), makeNode, and ExprEvalStep::opcode.

Referenced by ATRewriteTable(), BeginCopyFrom(), evaluate_expr(), ExecIndexBuildScanKeys(), ExecInitCheck(), ExecInitExprList(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitMemoize(), ExecInitProjectSet(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitSubPlan(), ExecInitTableFuncScan(), ExecInitTableFunctionResult(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), ExecPrepareExpr(), get_cast_hashentry(), get_qual_for_range(), InitPartitionPruneContext(), MakeTidOpExpr(), MJExamineQuals(), operator_predicate_proof(), prep_domain_constraints(), slot_fill_defaults(), and TidExprListCreate().

◆ ExecInitExprList()

List * ExecInitExprList ( List nodes,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 335 of file execExpr.c.

336{
337 List *result = NIL;
338 ListCell *lc;
339
340 foreach(lc, nodes)
341 {
342 Expr *e = lfirst(lc);
343
344 result = lappend(result, ExecInitExpr(e, parent));
345 }
346
347 return result;
348}
e
Definition: preproc-init.c:82

References ExecInitExpr(), lappend(), lfirst, and NIL.

Referenced by ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecInitFunctionResultSet(), ExecInitIndexScan(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitTableFuncScan(), ExecInitTableFunctionResult(), ExecInitValuesScan(), prepare_query_params(), and ValuesNext().

◆ ExecInitExprWithParams()

ExprState * ExecInitExprWithParams ( Expr node,
ParamListInfo  ext_params 
)

Definition at line 180 of file execExpr.c.

181{
183 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
184
185 /* Special case: NULL expression produces a NULL ExprState pointer */
186 if (node == NULL)
187 return NULL;
188
189 /* Initialize ExprState with empty step list */
191 state->expr = node;
192 state->parent = NULL;
193 state->ext_params = ext_params;
194
195 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
197
198 /* Compile the expression proper */
199 ExecInitExprRec(node, state, &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
200
201 /* Finally, append a DONE step */
202 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
203 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
204
206
207 return state;
208}

References EEOP_DONE_RETURN, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), makeNode, and ExprEvalStep::opcode.

Referenced by exec_eval_simple_expr(), and InitPartitionPruneContext().

◆ ExecInitExtraTupleSlot()

◆ ExecInitFunctionResultSet()

SetExprState * ExecInitFunctionResultSet ( Expr expr,
ExprContext econtext,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 444 of file execSRF.c.

446{
448
449 state->funcReturnsSet = true;
450 state->expr = expr;
451 state->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;
452
453 /*
454 * Initialize metadata. The expression node could be either a FuncExpr or
455 * an OpExpr.
456 */
457 if (IsA(expr, FuncExpr))
458 {
459 FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) expr;
460
461 state->args = ExecInitExprList(func->args, parent);
462 init_sexpr(func->funcid, func->inputcollid, expr, state, parent,
463 econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory, true, true);
464 }
465 else if (IsA(expr, OpExpr))
466 {
467 OpExpr *op = (OpExpr *) expr;
468
469 state->args = ExecInitExprList(op->args, parent);
470 init_sexpr(op->opfuncid, op->inputcollid, expr, state, parent,
471 econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory, true, true);
472 }
473 else
474 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
475 (int) nodeTag(expr));
476
477 /* shouldn't get here unless the selected function returns set */
478 Assert(state->func.fn_retset);
479
480 return state;
481}
List * ExecInitExprList(List *nodes, PlanState *parent)
Definition: execExpr.c:335
static void init_sexpr(Oid foid, Oid input_collation, Expr *node, SetExprState *sexpr, PlanState *parent, MemoryContext sexprCxt, bool allowSRF, bool needDescForSRF)
Definition: execSRF.c:696
Oid funcid
Definition: primnodes.h:767
List * args
Definition: primnodes.h:785
List * args
Definition: primnodes.h:853

References FuncExpr::args, OpExpr::args, Assert(), ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, elog, ERROR, ExecInitExprList(), FuncExpr::funcid, init_sexpr(), InvalidOid, IsA, makeNode, and nodeTag.

Referenced by ExecInitProjectSet().

◆ ExecInitJunkFilter()

JunkFilter * ExecInitJunkFilter ( List targetList,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)

Definition at line 60 of file execJunk.c.

61{
62 JunkFilter *junkfilter;
63 TupleDesc cleanTupType;
64 int cleanLength;
65 AttrNumber *cleanMap;
66
67 /*
68 * Compute the tuple descriptor for the cleaned tuple.
69 */
70 cleanTupType = ExecCleanTypeFromTL(targetList);
71
72 /*
73 * Use the given slot, or make a new slot if we weren't given one.
74 */
75 if (slot)
76 ExecSetSlotDescriptor(slot, cleanTupType);
77 else
78 slot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(cleanTupType, &TTSOpsVirtual);
79
80 /*
81 * Now calculate the mapping between the original tuple's attributes and
82 * the "clean" tuple's attributes.
83 *
84 * The "map" is an array of "cleanLength" attribute numbers, i.e. one
85 * entry for every attribute of the "clean" tuple. The value of this entry
86 * is the attribute number of the corresponding attribute of the
87 * "original" tuple. (Zero indicates a NULL output attribute, but we do
88 * not use that feature in this routine.)
89 */
90 cleanLength = cleanTupType->natts;
91 if (cleanLength > 0)
92 {
93 AttrNumber cleanResno;
94 ListCell *t;
95
96 cleanMap = (AttrNumber *) palloc(cleanLength * sizeof(AttrNumber));
97 cleanResno = 0;
98 foreach(t, targetList)
99 {
100 TargetEntry *tle = lfirst(t);
101
102 if (!tle->resjunk)
103 {
104 cleanMap[cleanResno] = tle->resno;
105 cleanResno++;
106 }
107 }
108 Assert(cleanResno == cleanLength);
109 }
110 else
111 cleanMap = NULL;
112
113 /*
114 * Finally create and initialize the JunkFilter struct.
115 */
116 junkfilter = makeNode(JunkFilter);
117
118 junkfilter->jf_targetList = targetList;
119 junkfilter->jf_cleanTupType = cleanTupType;
120 junkfilter->jf_cleanMap = cleanMap;
121 junkfilter->jf_resultSlot = slot;
122
123 return junkfilter;
124}
TupleDesc ExecCleanTypeFromTL(List *targetList)
Definition: execTuples.c:2139

References Assert(), ExecCleanTypeFromTL(), ExecSetSlotDescriptor(), JunkFilter::jf_cleanMap, JunkFilter::jf_cleanTupType, JunkFilter::jf_resultSlot, JunkFilter::jf_targetList, lfirst, makeNode, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), TupleDescData::natts, palloc(), TargetEntry::resno, and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecInitWholeRowVar(), init_execution_state(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecInitJunkFilterConversion()

JunkFilter * ExecInitJunkFilterConversion ( List targetList,
TupleDesc  cleanTupType,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)

Definition at line 137 of file execJunk.c.

140{
141 JunkFilter *junkfilter;
142 int cleanLength;
143 AttrNumber *cleanMap;
144 ListCell *t;
145 int i;
146
147 /*
148 * Use the given slot, or make a new slot if we weren't given one.
149 */
150 if (slot)
151 ExecSetSlotDescriptor(slot, cleanTupType);
152 else
153 slot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(cleanTupType, &TTSOpsVirtual);
154
155 /*
156 * Calculate the mapping between the original tuple's attributes and the
157 * "clean" tuple's attributes.
158 *
159 * The "map" is an array of "cleanLength" attribute numbers, i.e. one
160 * entry for every attribute of the "clean" tuple. The value of this entry
161 * is the attribute number of the corresponding attribute of the
162 * "original" tuple. We store zero for any deleted attributes, marking
163 * that a NULL is needed in the output tuple.
164 */
165 cleanLength = cleanTupType->natts;
166 if (cleanLength > 0)
167 {
168 cleanMap = (AttrNumber *) palloc0(cleanLength * sizeof(AttrNumber));
169 t = list_head(targetList);
170 for (i = 0; i < cleanLength; i++)
171 {
172 if (TupleDescCompactAttr(cleanTupType, i)->attisdropped)
173 continue; /* map entry is already zero */
174 for (;;)
175 {
176 TargetEntry *tle = lfirst(t);
177
178 t = lnext(targetList, t);
179 if (!tle->resjunk)
180 {
181 cleanMap[i] = tle->resno;
182 break;
183 }
184 }
185 }
186 }
187 else
188 cleanMap = NULL;
189
190 /*
191 * Finally create and initialize the JunkFilter struct.
192 */
193 junkfilter = makeNode(JunkFilter);
194
195 junkfilter->jf_targetList = targetList;
196 junkfilter->jf_cleanTupType = cleanTupType;
197 junkfilter->jf_cleanMap = cleanMap;
198 junkfilter->jf_resultSlot = slot;
199
200 return junkfilter;
201}
static ListCell * list_head(const List *l)
Definition: pg_list.h:128
static ListCell * lnext(const List *l, const ListCell *c)
Definition: pg_list.h:343

References ExecSetSlotDescriptor(), i, JunkFilter::jf_cleanMap, JunkFilter::jf_cleanTupType, JunkFilter::jf_resultSlot, JunkFilter::jf_targetList, lfirst, list_head(), lnext(), makeNode, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), TupleDescData::natts, palloc0(), TargetEntry::resno, TTSOpsVirtual, and TupleDescCompactAttr().

Referenced by init_execution_state().

◆ ExecInitNode()

PlanState * ExecInitNode ( Plan node,
EState estate,
int  eflags 
)

Definition at line 142 of file execProcnode.c.

143{
144 PlanState *result;
145 List *subps;
146 ListCell *l;
147
148 /*
149 * do nothing when we get to the end of a leaf on tree.
150 */
151 if (node == NULL)
152 return NULL;
153
154 /*
155 * Make sure there's enough stack available. Need to check here, in
156 * addition to ExecProcNode() (via ExecProcNodeFirst()), to ensure the
157 * stack isn't overrun while initializing the node tree.
158 */
160
161 switch (nodeTag(node))
162 {
163 /*
164 * control nodes
165 */
166 case T_Result:
167 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitResult((Result *) node,
168 estate, eflags);
169 break;
170
171 case T_ProjectSet:
172 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitProjectSet((ProjectSet *) node,
173 estate, eflags);
174 break;
175
176 case T_ModifyTable:
177 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitModifyTable((ModifyTable *) node,
178 estate, eflags);
179 break;
180
181 case T_Append:
182 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitAppend((Append *) node,
183 estate, eflags);
184 break;
185
186 case T_MergeAppend:
187 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitMergeAppend((MergeAppend *) node,
188 estate, eflags);
189 break;
190
191 case T_RecursiveUnion:
192 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitRecursiveUnion((RecursiveUnion *) node,
193 estate, eflags);
194 break;
195
196 case T_BitmapAnd:
197 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitBitmapAnd((BitmapAnd *) node,
198 estate, eflags);
199 break;
200
201 case T_BitmapOr:
202 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitBitmapOr((BitmapOr *) node,
203 estate, eflags);
204 break;
205
206 /*
207 * scan nodes
208 */
209 case T_SeqScan:
210 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitSeqScan((SeqScan *) node,
211 estate, eflags);
212 break;
213
214 case T_SampleScan:
215 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitSampleScan((SampleScan *) node,
216 estate, eflags);
217 break;
218
219 case T_IndexScan:
220 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitIndexScan((IndexScan *) node,
221 estate, eflags);
222 break;
223
224 case T_IndexOnlyScan:
225 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitIndexOnlyScan((IndexOnlyScan *) node,
226 estate, eflags);
227 break;
228
229 case T_BitmapIndexScan:
231 estate, eflags);
232 break;
233
234 case T_BitmapHeapScan:
235 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitBitmapHeapScan((BitmapHeapScan *) node,
236 estate, eflags);
237 break;
238
239 case T_TidScan:
240 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitTidScan((TidScan *) node,
241 estate, eflags);
242 break;
243
244 case T_TidRangeScan:
245 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitTidRangeScan((TidRangeScan *) node,
246 estate, eflags);
247 break;
248
249 case T_SubqueryScan:
250 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitSubqueryScan((SubqueryScan *) node,
251 estate, eflags);
252 break;
253
254 case T_FunctionScan:
255 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitFunctionScan((FunctionScan *) node,
256 estate, eflags);
257 break;
258
259 case T_TableFuncScan:
260 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitTableFuncScan((TableFuncScan *) node,
261 estate, eflags);
262 break;
263
264 case T_ValuesScan:
265 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitValuesScan((ValuesScan *) node,
266 estate, eflags);
267 break;
268
269 case T_CteScan:
270 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitCteScan((CteScan *) node,
271 estate, eflags);
272 break;
273
274 case T_NamedTuplestoreScan:
276 estate, eflags);
277 break;
278
279 case T_WorkTableScan:
280 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitWorkTableScan((WorkTableScan *) node,
281 estate, eflags);
282 break;
283
284 case T_ForeignScan:
285 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitForeignScan((ForeignScan *) node,
286 estate, eflags);
287 break;
288
289 case T_CustomScan:
290 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitCustomScan((CustomScan *) node,
291 estate, eflags);
292 break;
293
294 /*
295 * join nodes
296 */
297 case T_NestLoop:
298 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitNestLoop((NestLoop *) node,
299 estate, eflags);
300 break;
301
302 case T_MergeJoin:
303 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitMergeJoin((MergeJoin *) node,
304 estate, eflags);
305 break;
306
307 case T_HashJoin:
308 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitHashJoin((HashJoin *) node,
309 estate, eflags);
310 break;
311
312 /*
313 * materialization nodes
314 */
315 case T_Material:
316 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitMaterial((Material *) node,
317 estate, eflags);
318 break;
319
320 case T_Sort:
321 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitSort((Sort *) node,
322 estate, eflags);
323 break;
324
325 case T_IncrementalSort:
327 estate, eflags);
328 break;
329
330 case T_Memoize:
331 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitMemoize((Memoize *) node, estate,
332 eflags);
333 break;
334
335 case T_Group:
336 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitGroup((Group *) node,
337 estate, eflags);
338 break;
339
340 case T_Agg:
341 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitAgg((Agg *) node,
342 estate, eflags);
343 break;
344
345 case T_WindowAgg:
346 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitWindowAgg((WindowAgg *) node,
347 estate, eflags);
348 break;
349
350 case T_Unique:
351 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitUnique((Unique *) node,
352 estate, eflags);
353 break;
354
355 case T_Gather:
356 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitGather((Gather *) node,
357 estate, eflags);
358 break;
359
360 case T_GatherMerge:
361 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitGatherMerge((GatherMerge *) node,
362 estate, eflags);
363 break;
364
365 case T_Hash:
366 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitHash((Hash *) node,
367 estate, eflags);
368 break;
369
370 case T_SetOp:
371 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitSetOp((SetOp *) node,
372 estate, eflags);
373 break;
374
375 case T_LockRows:
376 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitLockRows((LockRows *) node,
377 estate, eflags);
378 break;
379
380 case T_Limit:
381 result = (PlanState *) ExecInitLimit((Limit *) node,
382 estate, eflags);
383 break;
384
385 default:
386 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
387 result = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
388 break;
389 }
390
391 ExecSetExecProcNode(result, result->ExecProcNode);
392
393 /*
394 * Initialize any initPlans present in this node. The planner put them in
395 * a separate list for us.
396 *
397 * The defining characteristic of initplans is that they don't have
398 * arguments, so we don't need to evaluate them (in contrast to
399 * ExecInitSubPlanExpr()).
400 */
401 subps = NIL;
402 foreach(l, node->initPlan)
403 {
404 SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(l);
405 SubPlanState *sstate;
406
407 Assert(IsA(subplan, SubPlan));
408 Assert(subplan->args == NIL);
409 sstate = ExecInitSubPlan(subplan, result);
410 subps = lappend(subps, sstate);
411 }
412 result->initPlan = subps;
413
414 /* Set up instrumentation for this node if requested */
415 if (estate->es_instrument)
416 result->instrument = InstrAlloc(1, estate->es_instrument,
417 result->async_capable);
418
419 return result;
420}
void ExecSetExecProcNode(PlanState *node, ExecProcNodeMtd function)
Definition: execProcnode.c:430
Instrumentation * InstrAlloc(int n, int instrument_options, bool async_mode)
Definition: instrument.c:31
AggState * ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeAgg.c:3279
AppendState * ExecInitAppend(Append *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeAppend.c:109
BitmapAndState * ExecInitBitmapAnd(BitmapAnd *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeBitmapAnd.c:55
BitmapHeapScanState * ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(BitmapHeapScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
BitmapIndexScanState * ExecInitBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
BitmapOrState * ExecInitBitmapOr(BitmapOr *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeBitmapOr.c:56
CteScanState * ExecInitCteScan(CteScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeCtescan.c:175
CustomScanState * ExecInitCustomScan(CustomScan *cscan, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeCustom.c:26
ForeignScanState * ExecInitForeignScan(ForeignScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
FunctionScanState * ExecInitFunctionScan(FunctionScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
GatherMergeState * ExecInitGatherMerge(GatherMerge *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
GatherState * ExecInitGather(Gather *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeGather.c:53
GroupState * ExecInitGroup(Group *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeGroup.c:161
HashState * ExecInitHash(Hash *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeHash.c:370
HashJoinState * ExecInitHashJoin(HashJoin *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeHashjoin.c:716
IncrementalSortState * ExecInitIncrementalSort(IncrementalSort *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
IndexOnlyScanState * ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(IndexOnlyScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
IndexScanState * ExecInitIndexScan(IndexScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
LimitState * ExecInitLimit(Limit *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeLimit.c:447
LockRowsState * ExecInitLockRows(LockRows *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeLockRows.c:291
MaterialState * ExecInitMaterial(Material *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeMaterial.c:164
MemoizeState * ExecInitMemoize(Memoize *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeMemoize.c:951
MergeAppendState * ExecInitMergeAppend(MergeAppend *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
MergeJoinState * ExecInitMergeJoin(MergeJoin *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
ModifyTableState * ExecInitModifyTable(ModifyTable *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
NamedTuplestoreScanState * ExecInitNamedTuplestoreScan(NamedTuplestoreScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
NestLoopState * ExecInitNestLoop(NestLoop *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeNestloop.c:262
ProjectSetState * ExecInitProjectSet(ProjectSet *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
RecursiveUnionState * ExecInitRecursiveUnion(RecursiveUnion *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
ResultState * ExecInitResult(Result *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeResult.c:180
SampleScanState * ExecInitSampleScan(SampleScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
SeqScanState * ExecInitSeqScan(SeqScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeSeqscan.c:207
SetOpState * ExecInitSetOp(SetOp *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeSetOp.c:564
SortState * ExecInitSort(Sort *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeSort.c:221
SubPlanState * ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlan *subplan, PlanState *parent)
Definition: nodeSubplan.c:826
SubqueryScanState * ExecInitSubqueryScan(SubqueryScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
TableFuncScanState * ExecInitTableFuncScan(TableFuncScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
TidRangeScanState * ExecInitTidRangeScan(TidRangeScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
TidScanState * ExecInitTidScan(TidScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeTidscan.c:488
UniqueState * ExecInitUnique(Unique *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Definition: nodeUnique.c:114
ValuesScanState * ExecInitValuesScan(ValuesScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
WindowAggState * ExecInitWindowAgg(WindowAgg *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
WorkTableScanState * ExecInitWorkTableScan(WorkTableScan *node, EState *estate, int eflags)
Instrumentation * instrument
Definition: execnodes.h:1166
List * initPlan
Definition: execnodes.h:1181
bool async_capable
Definition: execnodes.h:1198
ExecProcNodeMtd ExecProcNode
Definition: execnodes.h:1162
List * initPlan
Definition: plannodes.h:209
List * args
Definition: primnodes.h:1108

References SubPlan::args, Assert(), PlanState::async_capable, check_stack_depth(), elog, ERROR, EState::es_instrument, ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitAppend(), ExecInitBitmapAnd(), ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitBitmapIndexScan(), ExecInitBitmapOr(), ExecInitCteScan(), ExecInitCustomScan(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitFunctionScan(), ExecInitGather(), ExecInitGatherMerge(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHash(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitIncrementalSort(), ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(), ExecInitIndexScan(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitLockRows(), ExecInitMaterial(), ExecInitMemoize(), ExecInitMergeAppend(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitProjectSet(), ExecInitRecursiveUnion(), ExecInitResult(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitSeqScan(), ExecInitSetOp(), ExecInitSort(), ExecInitSubPlan(), ExecInitSubqueryScan(), ExecInitTableFuncScan(), ExecInitTidRangeScan(), ExecInitTidScan(), ExecInitUnique(), ExecInitValuesScan(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), ExecInitWorkTableScan(), PlanState::ExecProcNode, ExecSetExecProcNode(), PlanState::initPlan, Plan::initPlan, InstrAlloc(), PlanState::instrument, IsA, lappend(), lfirst, NIL, and nodeTag.

Referenced by EvalPlanQualStart(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitAppend(), ExecInitBitmapAnd(), ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitBitmapOr(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitGather(), ExecInitGatherMerge(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHash(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitIncrementalSort(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitLockRows(), ExecInitMaterial(), ExecInitMemoize(), ExecInitMergeAppend(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitProjectSet(), ExecInitRecursiveUnion(), ExecInitResult(), ExecInitSetOp(), ExecInitSort(), ExecInitSubqueryScan(), ExecInitUnique(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecInitNullTupleSlot()

TupleTableSlot * ExecInitNullTupleSlot ( EState estate,
TupleDesc  tupType,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)

Definition at line 2036 of file execTuples.c.

2038{
2039 TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(estate, tupType, tts_ops);
2040
2041 return ExecStoreAllNullTuple(slot);
2042}

References ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(), and ExecStoreAllNullTuple().

Referenced by ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), and ExecInitNestLoop().

◆ ExecInitQual()

ExprState * ExecInitQual ( List qual,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 229 of file execExpr.c.

230{
232 ExprEvalStep scratch = {0};
233 List *adjust_jumps = NIL;
234
235 /* short-circuit (here and in ExecQual) for empty restriction list */
236 if (qual == NIL)
237 return NULL;
238
239 Assert(IsA(qual, List));
240
242 state->expr = (Expr *) qual;
243 state->parent = parent;
244 state->ext_params = NULL;
245
246 /* mark expression as to be used with ExecQual() */
247 state->flags = EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL;
248
249 /* Insert setup steps as needed */
251
252 /*
253 * ExecQual() needs to return false for an expression returning NULL. That
254 * allows us to short-circuit the evaluation the first time a NULL is
255 * encountered. As qual evaluation is a hot-path this warrants using a
256 * special opcode for qual evaluation that's simpler than BOOL_AND (which
257 * has more complex NULL handling).
258 */
259 scratch.opcode = EEOP_QUAL;
260
261 /*
262 * We can use ExprState's resvalue/resnull as target for each qual expr.
263 */
264 scratch.resvalue = &state->resvalue;
265 scratch.resnull = &state->resnull;
266
267 foreach_ptr(Expr, node, qual)
268 {
269 /* first evaluate expression */
270 ExecInitExprRec(node, state, &state->resvalue, &state->resnull);
271
272 /* then emit EEOP_QUAL to detect if it's false (or null) */
273 scratch.d.qualexpr.jumpdone = -1;
274 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
275 adjust_jumps = lappend_int(adjust_jumps,
276 state->steps_len - 1);
277 }
278
279 /* adjust jump targets */
280 foreach_int(jump, adjust_jumps)
281 {
282 ExprEvalStep *as = &state->steps[jump];
283
284 Assert(as->opcode == EEOP_QUAL);
285 Assert(as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone == -1);
286 as->d.qualexpr.jumpdone = state->steps_len;
287 }
288
289 /*
290 * At the end, we don't need to do anything more. The last qual expr must
291 * have yielded TRUE, and since its result is stored in the desired output
292 * location, we're done.
293 */
294 scratch.opcode = EEOP_DONE_RETURN;
295 ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
296
298
299 return state;
300}
#define foreach_ptr(type, var, lst)
Definition: pg_list.h:469
#define foreach_int(var, lst)
Definition: pg_list.h:470

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::d, EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, EEOP_DONE_RETURN, EEOP_QUAL, ExecCreateExprSetupSteps(), ExecInitExprRec(), ExecReadyExpr(), ExprEvalPushStep(), foreach_int, foreach_ptr, IsA, ExprEvalStep::jumpdone, lappend_int(), makeNode, NIL, ExprEvalStep::opcode, ExprEvalStep::qualexpr, ExprEvalStep::resnull, and ExprEvalStep::resvalue.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitCteScan(), ExecInitCustomScan(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitFunctionScan(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitHashJoin(), ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(), ExecInitIndexScan(), ExecInitMerge(), ExecInitMergeJoin(), ExecInitModifyTable(), ExecInitNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecInitNestLoop(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInitResult(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitSeqScan(), ExecInitSubqueryScan(), ExecInitTableFuncScan(), ExecInitTidRangeScan(), ExecInitTidScan(), ExecInitValuesScan(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), ExecInitWorkTableScan(), and ExecPrepareQual().

◆ ExecInitRangeTable()

void ExecInitRangeTable ( EState estate,
List rangeTable,
List permInfos,
Bitmapset unpruned_relids 
)

Definition at line 773 of file execUtils.c.

775{
776 /* Remember the range table List as-is */
777 estate->es_range_table = rangeTable;
778
779 /* ... and the RTEPermissionInfo List too */
780 estate->es_rteperminfos = permInfos;
781
782 /* Set size of associated arrays */
783 estate->es_range_table_size = list_length(rangeTable);
784
785 /*
786 * Initialize the bitmapset of RT indexes (es_unpruned_relids)
787 * representing relations that will be scanned during execution. This set
788 * is initially populated by the caller and may be extended later by
789 * ExecDoInitialPruning() to include RT indexes of unpruned leaf
790 * partitions.
791 */
792 estate->es_unpruned_relids = unpruned_relids;
793
794 /*
795 * Allocate an array to store an open Relation corresponding to each
796 * rangetable entry, and initialize entries to NULL. Relations are opened
797 * and stored here as needed.
798 */
799 estate->es_relations = (Relation *)
800 palloc0(estate->es_range_table_size * sizeof(Relation));
801
802 /*
803 * es_result_relations and es_rowmarks are also parallel to
804 * es_range_table, but are allocated only if needed.
805 */
806 estate->es_result_relations = NULL;
807 estate->es_rowmarks = NULL;
808}

References EState::es_range_table, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_relations, EState::es_result_relations, EState::es_rowmarks, EState::es_rteperminfos, EState::es_unpruned_relids, list_length(), and palloc0().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), create_edata_for_relation(), create_estate_for_relation(), and InitPlan().

◆ ExecInitResultRelation()

void ExecInitResultRelation ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
Index  rti 
)

Definition at line 880 of file execUtils.c.

882{
883 Relation resultRelationDesc;
884
885 resultRelationDesc = ExecGetRangeTableRelation(estate, rti, true);
886 InitResultRelInfo(resultRelInfo,
887 resultRelationDesc,
888 rti,
889 NULL,
890 estate->es_instrument);
891
892 if (estate->es_result_relations == NULL)
894 palloc0(estate->es_range_table_size * sizeof(ResultRelInfo *));
895 estate->es_result_relations[rti - 1] = resultRelInfo;
896
897 /*
898 * Saving in the list allows to avoid needlessly traversing the whole
899 * array when only a few of its entries are possibly non-NULL.
900 */
902 lappend(estate->es_opened_result_relations, resultRelInfo);
903}
Relation ExecGetRangeTableRelation(EState *estate, Index rti, bool isResultRel)
Definition: execUtils.c:825

References EState::es_instrument, EState::es_opened_result_relations, EState::es_range_table_size, EState::es_result_relations, ExecGetRangeTableRelation(), InitResultRelInfo(), lappend(), and palloc0().

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and ExecInitModifyTable().

◆ ExecInitResultSlot()

void ExecInitResultSlot ( PlanState planstate,
const TupleTableSlotOps tts_ops 
)

Definition at line 1968 of file execTuples.c.

1969{
1970 TupleTableSlot *slot;
1971
1972 slot = ExecAllocTableSlot(&planstate->state->es_tupleTable,
1973 planstate->ps_ResultTupleDesc, tts_ops);
1974 planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot = slot;
1975
1976 planstate->resultopsfixed = planstate->ps_ResultTupleDesc != NULL;
1977 planstate->resultops = tts_ops;
1978 planstate->resultopsset = true;
1979}
EState * state
Definition: execnodes.h:1158

References EState::es_tupleTable, ExecAllocTableSlot(), PlanState::ps_ResultTupleDesc, PlanState::ps_ResultTupleSlot, PlanState::resultops, PlanState::resultopsfixed, PlanState::resultopsset, and PlanState::state.

Referenced by ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo(), and ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL().

◆ ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL()

◆ ExecInitResultTypeTL()

◆ ExecInitScanTupleSlot()

◆ ExecInitTableFunctionResult()

SetExprState * ExecInitTableFunctionResult ( Expr expr,
ExprContext econtext,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 56 of file execSRF.c.

58{
60
61 state->funcReturnsSet = false;
62 state->expr = expr;
63 state->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid;
64
65 /*
66 * Normally the passed expression tree will be a FuncExpr, since the
67 * grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
68 * function reference. However, if the function doesn't return set then
69 * the planner might have replaced the function call via constant-folding
70 * or inlining. So if we see any other kind of expression node, execute
71 * it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code. That code path will not
72 * support set-returning functions buried in the expression, though.
73 */
74 if (IsA(expr, FuncExpr))
75 {
76 FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) expr;
77
78 state->funcReturnsSet = func->funcretset;
79 state->args = ExecInitExprList(func->args, parent);
80
81 init_sexpr(func->funcid, func->inputcollid, expr, state, parent,
82 econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory, func->funcretset, false);
83 }
84 else
85 {
86 state->elidedFuncState = ExecInitExpr(expr, parent);
87 }
88
89 return state;
90}

References FuncExpr::args, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, ExecInitExpr(), ExecInitExprList(), FuncExpr::funcid, init_sexpr(), InvalidOid, IsA, and makeNode.

Referenced by ExecInitFunctionScan().

◆ ExecInsertIndexTuples()

List * ExecInsertIndexTuples ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate,
bool  update,
bool  noDupErr,
bool *  specConflict,
List arbiterIndexes,
bool  onlySummarizing 
)

Definition at line 309 of file execIndexing.c.

317{
318 ItemPointer tupleid = &slot->tts_tid;
319 List *result = NIL;
320 int i;
321 int numIndices;
322 RelationPtr relationDescs;
323 Relation heapRelation;
324 IndexInfo **indexInfoArray;
325 ExprContext *econtext;
327 bool isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
328
329 Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
330
331 /*
332 * Get information from the result relation info structure.
333 */
334 numIndices = resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices;
335 relationDescs = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs;
336 indexInfoArray = resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo;
337 heapRelation = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
338
339 /* Sanity check: slot must belong to the same rel as the resultRelInfo. */
340 Assert(slot->tts_tableOid == RelationGetRelid(heapRelation));
341
342 /*
343 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating predicates
344 * and index expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
345 */
346 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
347
348 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
349 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
350
351 /*
352 * for each index, form and insert the index tuple
353 */
354 for (i = 0; i < numIndices; i++)
355 {
356 Relation indexRelation = relationDescs[i];
357 IndexInfo *indexInfo;
358 bool applyNoDupErr;
359 IndexUniqueCheck checkUnique;
360 bool indexUnchanged;
361 bool satisfiesConstraint;
362
363 if (indexRelation == NULL)
364 continue;
365
366 indexInfo = indexInfoArray[i];
367
368 /* If the index is marked as read-only, ignore it */
369 if (!indexInfo->ii_ReadyForInserts)
370 continue;
371
372 /*
373 * Skip processing of non-summarizing indexes if we only update
374 * summarizing indexes
375 */
376 if (onlySummarizing && !indexInfo->ii_Summarizing)
377 continue;
378
379 /* Check for partial index */
380 if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate != NIL)
381 {
382 ExprState *predicate;
383
384 /*
385 * If predicate state not set up yet, create it (in the estate's
386 * per-query context)
387 */
388 predicate = indexInfo->ii_PredicateState;
389 if (predicate == NULL)
390 {
391 predicate = ExecPrepareQual(indexInfo->ii_Predicate, estate);
392 indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = predicate;
393 }
394
395 /* Skip this index-update if the predicate isn't satisfied */
396 if (!ExecQual(predicate, econtext))
397 continue;
398 }
399
400 /*
401 * FormIndexDatum fills in its values and isnull parameters with the
402 * appropriate values for the column(s) of the index.
403 */
404 FormIndexDatum(indexInfo,
405 slot,
406 estate,
407 values,
408 isnull);
409
410 /* Check whether to apply noDupErr to this index */
411 applyNoDupErr = noDupErr &&
412 (arbiterIndexes == NIL ||
413 list_member_oid(arbiterIndexes,
414 indexRelation->rd_index->indexrelid));
415
416 /*
417 * The index AM does the actual insertion, plus uniqueness checking.
418 *
419 * For an immediate-mode unique index, we just tell the index AM to
420 * throw error if not unique.
421 *
422 * For a deferrable unique index, we tell the index AM to just detect
423 * possible non-uniqueness, and we add the index OID to the result
424 * list if further checking is needed.
425 *
426 * For a speculative insertion (used by INSERT ... ON CONFLICT), do
427 * the same as for a deferrable unique index.
428 */
429 if (!indexRelation->rd_index->indisunique)
430 checkUnique = UNIQUE_CHECK_NO;
431 else if (applyNoDupErr)
432 checkUnique = UNIQUE_CHECK_PARTIAL;
433 else if (indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate)
434 checkUnique = UNIQUE_CHECK_YES;
435 else
436 checkUnique = UNIQUE_CHECK_PARTIAL;
437
438 /*
439 * There's definitely going to be an index_insert() call for this
440 * index. If we're being called as part of an UPDATE statement,
441 * consider if the 'indexUnchanged' = true hint should be passed.
442 */
443 indexUnchanged = update && index_unchanged_by_update(resultRelInfo,
444 estate,
445 indexInfo,
446 indexRelation);
447
448 satisfiesConstraint =
449 index_insert(indexRelation, /* index relation */
450 values, /* array of index Datums */
451 isnull, /* null flags */
452 tupleid, /* tid of heap tuple */
453 heapRelation, /* heap relation */
454 checkUnique, /* type of uniqueness check to do */
455 indexUnchanged, /* UPDATE without logical change? */
456 indexInfo); /* index AM may need this */
457
458 /*
459 * If the index has an associated exclusion constraint, check that.
460 * This is simpler than the process for uniqueness checks since we
461 * always insert first and then check. If the constraint is deferred,
462 * we check now anyway, but don't throw error on violation or wait for
463 * a conclusive outcome from a concurrent insertion; instead we'll
464 * queue a recheck event. Similarly, noDupErr callers (speculative
465 * inserters) will recheck later, and wait for a conclusive outcome
466 * then.
467 *
468 * An index for an exclusion constraint can't also be UNIQUE (not an
469 * essential property, we just don't allow it in the grammar), so no
470 * need to preserve the prior state of satisfiesConstraint.
471 */
472 if (indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps != NULL)
473 {
474 bool violationOK;
475 CEOUC_WAIT_MODE waitMode;
476
477 if (applyNoDupErr)
478 {
479 violationOK = true;
481 }
482 else if (!indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate)
483 {
484 violationOK = true;
485 waitMode = CEOUC_NOWAIT;
486 }
487 else
488 {
489 violationOK = false;
490 waitMode = CEOUC_WAIT;
491 }
492
493 satisfiesConstraint =
495 indexRelation, indexInfo,
496 tupleid, values, isnull,
497 estate, false,
498 waitMode, violationOK, NULL);
499 }
500
501 if ((checkUnique == UNIQUE_CHECK_PARTIAL ||
502 indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps != NULL) &&
503 !satisfiesConstraint)
504 {
505 /*
506 * The tuple potentially violates the uniqueness or exclusion
507 * constraint, so make a note of the index so that we can re-check
508 * it later. Speculative inserters are told if there was a
509 * speculative conflict, since that always requires a restart.
510 */
511 result = lappend_oid(result, RelationGetRelid(indexRelation));
512 if (indexRelation->rd_index->indimmediate && specConflict)
513 *specConflict = true;
514 }
515 }
516
517 return result;
518}
static bool index_unchanged_by_update(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, IndexInfo *indexInfo, Relation indexRelation)
CEOUC_WAIT_MODE
Definition: execIndexing.c:123
@ CEOUC_NOWAIT
Definition: execIndexing.c:125
@ CEOUC_LIVELOCK_PREVENTING_WAIT
Definition: execIndexing.c:126
IndexUniqueCheck
Definition: genam.h:139
@ UNIQUE_CHECK_NO
Definition: genam.h:140
@ UNIQUE_CHECK_PARTIAL
Definition: genam.h:142
@ UNIQUE_CHECK_YES
Definition: genam.h:141
bool index_insert(Relation indexRelation, Datum *values, bool *isnull, ItemPointer heap_t_ctid, Relation heapRelation, IndexUniqueCheck checkUnique, bool indexUnchanged, IndexInfo *indexInfo)
Definition: indexam.c:213
List * lappend_oid(List *list, Oid datum)
Definition: list.c:375
bool ii_Summarizing
Definition: execnodes.h:215
Oid tts_tableOid
Definition: tuptable.h:130
ItemPointerData tts_tid
Definition: tuptable.h:129

References Assert(), CEOUC_LIVELOCK_PREVENTING_WAIT, CEOUC_NOWAIT, CEOUC_WAIT, check_exclusion_or_unique_constraint(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, ExecPrepareQual(), ExecQual(), FormIndexDatum(), GetPerTupleExprContext, i, IndexInfo::ii_ExclusionOps, IndexInfo::ii_Predicate, IndexInfo::ii_PredicateState, IndexInfo::ii_ReadyForInserts, IndexInfo::ii_Summarizing, index_insert(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_unchanged_by_update(), ItemPointerIsValid(), lappend_oid(), list_member_oid(), NIL, RelationData::rd_index, RelationGetRelid, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, TupleTableSlot::tts_tableOid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tid, UNIQUE_CHECK_NO, UNIQUE_CHECK_PARTIAL, UNIQUE_CHECK_YES, and values.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), CopyMultiInsertBufferFlush(), ExecInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdateEpilogue().

◆ ExecLookupResultRelByOid()

ResultRelInfo * ExecLookupResultRelByOid ( ModifyTableState node,
Oid  resultoid,
bool  missing_ok,
bool  update_cache 
)

Definition at line 4440 of file nodeModifyTable.c.

4442{
4443 if (node->mt_resultOidHash)
4444 {
4445 /* Use the pre-built hash table to locate the rel */
4446 MTTargetRelLookup *mtlookup;
4447
4448 mtlookup = (MTTargetRelLookup *)
4449 hash_search(node->mt_resultOidHash, &resultoid, HASH_FIND, NULL);
4450 if (mtlookup)
4451 {
4452 if (update_cache)
4453 {
4454 node->mt_lastResultOid = resultoid;
4455 node->mt_lastResultIndex = mtlookup->relationIndex;
4456 }
4457 return node->resultRelInfo + mtlookup->relationIndex;
4458 }
4459 }
4460 else
4461 {
4462 /* With few target rels, just search the ResultRelInfo array */
4463 for (int ndx = 0; ndx < node->mt_nrels; ndx++)
4464 {
4465 ResultRelInfo *rInfo = node->resultRelInfo + ndx;
4466
4467 if (RelationGetRelid(rInfo->ri_RelationDesc) == resultoid)
4468 {
4469 if (update_cache)
4470 {
4471 node->mt_lastResultOid = resultoid;
4472 node->mt_lastResultIndex = ndx;
4473 }
4474 return rInfo;
4475 }
4476 }
4477 }
4478
4479 if (!missing_ok)
4480 elog(ERROR, "incorrect result relation OID %u", resultoid);
4481 return NULL;
4482}
void * hash_search(HTAB *hashp, const void *keyPtr, HASHACTION action, bool *foundPtr)
Definition: dynahash.c:956
@ HASH_FIND
Definition: hsearch.h:113
ResultRelInfo * resultRelInfo
Definition: execnodes.h:1399
HTAB * mt_resultOidHash
Definition: execnodes.h:1421

References elog, ERROR, HASH_FIND, hash_search(), ModifyTableState::mt_lastResultIndex, ModifyTableState::mt_lastResultOid, ModifyTableState::mt_nrels, ModifyTableState::mt_resultOidHash, RelationGetRelid, MTTargetRelLookup::relationIndex, ModifyTableState::resultRelInfo, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc.

Referenced by ExecFindPartition(), and ExecModifyTable().

◆ ExecMakeFunctionResultSet()

Datum ExecMakeFunctionResultSet ( SetExprState fcache,
ExprContext econtext,
MemoryContext  argContext,
bool *  isNull,
ExprDoneCond isDone 
)

Definition at line 497 of file execSRF.c.

502{
504 Datum result;
505 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
507 ReturnSetInfo rsinfo;
508 bool callit;
509 int i;
510
511restart:
512
513 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly complex expressions */
515
516 /*
517 * If a previous call of the function returned a set result in the form of
518 * a tuplestore, continue reading rows from the tuplestore until it's
519 * empty.
520 */
521 if (fcache->funcResultStore)
522 {
523 TupleTableSlot *slot = fcache->funcResultSlot;
524 MemoryContext oldContext;
525 bool foundTup;
526
527 /*
528 * Have to make sure tuple in slot lives long enough, otherwise
529 * clearing the slot could end up trying to free something already
530 * freed.
531 */
532 oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(slot->tts_mcxt);
533 foundTup = tuplestore_gettupleslot(fcache->funcResultStore, true, false,
534 fcache->funcResultSlot);
535 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
536
537 if (foundTup)
538 {
539 *isDone = ExprMultipleResult;
540 if (fcache->funcReturnsTuple)
541 {
542 /* We must return the whole tuple as a Datum. */
543 *isNull = false;
545 }
546 else
547 {
548 /* Extract the first column and return it as a scalar. */
549 return slot_getattr(fcache->funcResultSlot, 1, isNull);
550 }
551 }
552 /* Exhausted the tuplestore, so clean up */
554 fcache->funcResultStore = NULL;
555 *isDone = ExprEndResult;
556 *isNull = true;
557 return (Datum) 0;
558 }
559
560 /*
561 * arguments is a list of expressions to evaluate before passing to the
562 * function manager. We skip the evaluation if it was already done in the
563 * previous call (ie, we are continuing the evaluation of a set-valued
564 * function). Otherwise, collect the current argument values into fcinfo.
565 *
566 * The arguments have to live in a context that lives at least until all
567 * rows from this SRF have been returned, otherwise ValuePerCall SRFs
568 * would reference freed memory after the first returned row.
569 */
570 fcinfo = fcache->fcinfo;
571 arguments = fcache->args;
572 if (!fcache->setArgsValid)
573 {
574 MemoryContext oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(argContext);
575
576 ExecEvalFuncArgs(fcinfo, arguments, econtext);
577 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
578 }
579 else
580 {
581 /* Reset flag (we may set it again below) */
582 fcache->setArgsValid = false;
583 }
584
585 /*
586 * Now call the function, passing the evaluated parameter values.
587 */
588
589 /* Prepare a resultinfo node for communication. */
590 fcinfo->resultinfo = (Node *) &rsinfo;
591 rsinfo.type = T_ReturnSetInfo;
592 rsinfo.econtext = econtext;
593 rsinfo.expectedDesc = fcache->funcResultDesc;
595 /* note we do not set SFRM_Materialize_Random or _Preferred */
597 /* isDone is filled below */
598 rsinfo.setResult = NULL;
599 rsinfo.setDesc = NULL;
600
601 /*
602 * If function is strict, and there are any NULL arguments, skip calling
603 * the function.
604 */
605 callit = true;
606 if (fcache->func.fn_strict)
607 {
608 for (i = 0; i < fcinfo->nargs; i++)
609 {
610 if (fcinfo->args[i].isnull)
611 {
612 callit = false;
613 break;
614 }
615 }
616 }
617
618 if (callit)
619 {
620 pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
621
622 fcinfo->isnull = false;
623 rsinfo.isDone = ExprSingleResult;
624 result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
625 *isNull = fcinfo->isnull;
626 *isDone = rsinfo.isDone;
627
629 rsinfo.isDone != ExprMultipleResult);
630 }
631 else
632 {
633 /* for a strict SRF, result for NULL is an empty set */
634 result = (Datum) 0;
635 *isNull = true;
636 *isDone = ExprEndResult;
637 }
638
639 /* Which protocol does function want to use? */
640 if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_ValuePerCall)
641 {
642 if (*isDone != ExprEndResult)
643 {
644 /*
645 * Save the current argument values to re-use on the next call.
646 */
647 if (*isDone == ExprMultipleResult)
648 {
649 fcache->setArgsValid = true;
650 /* Register cleanup callback if we didn't already */
651 if (!fcache->shutdown_reg)
652 {
655 PointerGetDatum(fcache));
656 fcache->shutdown_reg = true;
657 }
658 }
659 }
660 }
661 else if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_Materialize)
662 {
663 /* check we're on the same page as the function author */
664 if (rsinfo.isDone != ExprSingleResult)
666 (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_SRF_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
667 errmsg("table-function protocol for materialize mode was not followed")));
668 if (rsinfo.setResult != NULL)
669 {
670 /* prepare to return values from the tuplestore */
671 ExecPrepareTuplestoreResult(fcache, econtext,
672 rsinfo.setResult,
673 rsinfo.setDesc);
674 /* loop back to top to start returning from tuplestore */
675 goto restart;
676 }
677 /* if setResult was left null, treat it as empty set */
678 *isDone = ExprEndResult;
679 *isNull = true;
680 result = (Datum) 0;
681 }
682 else
684 (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_SRF_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
685 errmsg("unrecognized table-function returnMode: %d",
686 (int) rsinfo.returnMode)));
687
688 return result;
689}
static void ExecEvalFuncArgs(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, List *argList, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: execSRF.c:834
static void ShutdownSetExpr(Datum arg)
Definition: execSRF.c:810
static void ExecPrepareTuplestoreResult(SetExprState *sexpr, ExprContext *econtext, Tuplestorestate *resultStore, TupleDesc resultDesc)
Definition: execSRF.c:864
Datum ExecFetchSlotHeapTupleDatum(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1912
void RegisterExprContextCallback(ExprContext *econtext, ExprContextCallbackFunction function, Datum arg)
Definition: execUtils.c:963
@ ExprSingleResult
Definition: execnodes.h:321
@ ExprMultipleResult
Definition: execnodes.h:322
@ ExprEndResult
Definition: execnodes.h:323
@ SFRM_ValuePerCall
Definition: execnodes.h:334
@ SFRM_Materialize
Definition: execnodes.h:335
#define FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo)
Definition: fmgr.h:172
void pgstat_init_function_usage(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, PgStat_FunctionCallUsage *fcu)
void pgstat_end_function_usage(PgStat_FunctionCallUsage *fcu, bool finalize)
bool fn_strict
Definition: fmgr.h:61
fmNodePtr resultinfo
Definition: fmgr.h:89
NodeTag type
Definition: execnodes.h:348
SetFunctionReturnMode returnMode
Definition: execnodes.h:354
ExprContext * econtext
Definition: execnodes.h:350
TupleDesc setDesc
Definition: execnodes.h:358
Tuplestorestate * setResult
Definition: execnodes.h:357
TupleDesc expectedDesc
Definition: execnodes.h:351
int allowedModes
Definition: execnodes.h:352
ExprDoneCond isDone
Definition: execnodes.h:355
FunctionCallInfo fcinfo
Definition: execnodes.h:992
TupleTableSlot * funcResultSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:955
Tuplestorestate * funcResultStore
Definition: execnodes.h:954
bool shutdown_reg
Definition: execnodes.h:985
bool funcReturnsTuple
Definition: execnodes.h:962
TupleDesc funcResultDesc
Definition: execnodes.h:961
FmgrInfo func
Definition: execnodes.h:947
List * args
Definition: execnodes.h:933
bool setArgsValid
Definition: execnodes.h:977
MemoryContext tts_mcxt
Definition: tuptable.h:128
bool tuplestore_gettupleslot(Tuplestorestate *state, bool forward, bool copy, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tuplestore.c:1130
void tuplestore_end(Tuplestorestate *state)
Definition: tuplestore.c:492

References ReturnSetInfo::allowedModes, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, SetExprState::args, check_stack_depth(), ReturnSetInfo::econtext, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecEvalFuncArgs(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTupleDatum(), ExecPrepareTuplestoreResult(), ReturnSetInfo::expectedDesc, ExprEndResult, ExprMultipleResult, ExprSingleResult, SetExprState::fcinfo, FmgrInfo::fn_strict, SetExprState::func, SetExprState::funcResultDesc, SetExprState::funcResultSlot, SetExprState::funcResultStore, SetExprState::funcReturnsTuple, FunctionCallInvoke, i, ReturnSetInfo::isDone, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::isnull, NullableDatum::isnull, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), FunctionCallInfoBaseData::nargs, pgstat_end_function_usage(), pgstat_init_function_usage(), PointerGetDatum(), RegisterExprContextCallback(), FunctionCallInfoBaseData::resultinfo, ReturnSetInfo::returnMode, SetExprState::setArgsValid, ReturnSetInfo::setDesc, ReturnSetInfo::setResult, SFRM_Materialize, SFRM_ValuePerCall, SetExprState::shutdown_reg, ShutdownSetExpr(), slot_getattr(), TupleTableSlot::tts_mcxt, tuplestore_end(), tuplestore_gettupleslot(), and ReturnSetInfo::type.

Referenced by ExecProjectSRF().

◆ ExecMakeTableFunctionResult()

Tuplestorestate * ExecMakeTableFunctionResult ( SetExprState setexpr,
ExprContext econtext,
MemoryContext  argContext,
TupleDesc  expectedDesc,
bool  randomAccess 
)

Definition at line 101 of file execSRF.c.

106{
107 Tuplestorestate *tupstore = NULL;
108 TupleDesc tupdesc = NULL;
109 Oid funcrettype;
110 bool returnsTuple;
111 bool returnsSet = false;
112 FunctionCallInfo fcinfo;
114 ReturnSetInfo rsinfo;
115 HeapTupleData tmptup;
116 MemoryContext callerContext;
117 bool first_time = true;
118
119 /*
120 * Execute per-tablefunc actions in appropriate context.
121 *
122 * The FunctionCallInfo needs to live across all the calls to a
123 * ValuePerCall function, so it can't be allocated in the per-tuple
124 * context. Similarly, the function arguments need to be evaluated in a
125 * context that is longer lived than the per-tuple context: The argument
126 * values would otherwise disappear when we reset that context in the
127 * inner loop. As the caller's CurrentMemoryContext is typically a
128 * query-lifespan context, we don't want to leak memory there. We require
129 * the caller to pass a separate memory context that can be used for this,
130 * and can be reset each time through to avoid bloat.
131 */
132 MemoryContextReset(argContext);
133 callerContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(argContext);
134
135 funcrettype = exprType((Node *) setexpr->expr);
136
137 returnsTuple = type_is_rowtype(funcrettype);
138
139 /*
140 * Prepare a resultinfo node for communication. We always do this even if
141 * not expecting a set result, so that we can pass expectedDesc. In the
142 * generic-expression case, the expression doesn't actually get to see the
143 * resultinfo, but set it up anyway because we use some of the fields as
144 * our own state variables.
145 */
146 rsinfo.type = T_ReturnSetInfo;
147 rsinfo.econtext = econtext;
148 rsinfo.expectedDesc = expectedDesc;
150 if (randomAccess)
153 /* isDone is filled below */
154 rsinfo.setResult = NULL;
155 rsinfo.setDesc = NULL;
156
157 fcinfo = palloc(SizeForFunctionCallInfo(list_length(setexpr->args)));
158
159 /*
160 * Normally the passed expression tree will be a SetExprState, since the
161 * grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
162 * function reference. However, if the function doesn't return set then
163 * the planner might have replaced the function call via constant-folding
164 * or inlining. So if we see any other kind of expression node, execute
165 * it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code; the only difference is that we
166 * don't get a chance to pass a special ReturnSetInfo to any functions
167 * buried in the expression.
168 */
169 if (!setexpr->elidedFuncState)
170 {
171 /*
172 * This path is similar to ExecMakeFunctionResultSet.
173 */
174 returnsSet = setexpr->funcReturnsSet;
175 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &(setexpr->func),
176 list_length(setexpr->args),
177 setexpr->fcinfo->fncollation,
178 NULL, (Node *) &rsinfo);
179 /* evaluate the function's argument list */
180 Assert(CurrentMemoryContext == argContext);
181 ExecEvalFuncArgs(fcinfo, setexpr->args, econtext);
182
183 /*
184 * If function is strict, and there are any NULL arguments, skip
185 * calling the function and act like it returned NULL (or an empty
186 * set, in the returns-set case).
187 */
188 if (setexpr->func.fn_strict)
189 {
190 int i;
191
192 for (i = 0; i < fcinfo->nargs; i++)
193 {
194 if (fcinfo->args[i].isnull)
195 goto no_function_result;
196 }
197 }
198 }
199 else
200 {
201 /* Treat setexpr as a generic expression */
202 InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, NULL, 0, InvalidOid, NULL, NULL);
203 }
204
205 /*
206 * Switch to short-lived context for calling the function or expression.
207 */
209
210 /*
211 * Loop to handle the ValuePerCall protocol (which is also the same
212 * behavior needed in the generic ExecEvalExpr path).
213 */
214 for (;;)
215 {
216 Datum result;
217
219
220 /*
221 * Reset per-tuple memory context before each call of the function or
222 * expression. This cleans up any local memory the function may leak
223 * when called.
224 */
225 ResetExprContext(econtext);
226
227 /* Call the function or expression one time */
228 if (!setexpr->elidedFuncState)
229 {
230 pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
231
232 fcinfo->isnull = false;
233 rsinfo.isDone = ExprSingleResult;
234 result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
235
237 rsinfo.isDone != ExprMultipleResult);
238 }
239 else
240 {
241 result =
242 ExecEvalExpr(setexpr->elidedFuncState, econtext, &fcinfo->isnull);
243 rsinfo.isDone = ExprSingleResult;
244 }
245
246 /* Which protocol does function want to use? */
247 if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_ValuePerCall)
248 {
249 /*
250 * Check for end of result set.
251 */
252 if (rsinfo.isDone == ExprEndResult)
253 break;
254
255 /*
256 * If first time through, build tuplestore for result. For a
257 * scalar function result type, also make a suitable tupdesc.
258 */
259 if (first_time)
260 {
261 MemoryContext oldcontext =
263
264 tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(randomAccess, false, work_mem);
265 rsinfo.setResult = tupstore;
266 if (!returnsTuple)
267 {
268 tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(1);
269 TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc,
270 (AttrNumber) 1,
271 "column",
272 funcrettype,
273 -1,
274 0);
275 rsinfo.setDesc = tupdesc;
276 }
277 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
278 }
279
280 /*
281 * Store current resultset item.
282 */
283 if (returnsTuple)
284 {
285 if (!fcinfo->isnull)
286 {
288
289 if (tupdesc == NULL)
290 {
291 MemoryContext oldcontext =
293
294 /*
295 * This is the first non-NULL result from the
296 * function. Use the type info embedded in the
297 * rowtype Datum to look up the needed tupdesc. Make
298 * a copy for the query.
299 */
302 rsinfo.setDesc = tupdesc;
303 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
304 }
305 else
306 {
307 /*
308 * Verify all later returned rows have same subtype;
309 * necessary in case the type is RECORD.
310 */
311 if (HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(td) != tupdesc->tdtypeid ||
312 HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(td) != tupdesc->tdtypmod)
314 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
315 errmsg("rows returned by function are not all of the same row type")));
316 }
317
318 /*
319 * tuplestore_puttuple needs a HeapTuple not a bare
320 * HeapTupleHeader, but it doesn't need all the fields.
321 */
323 tmptup.t_data = td;
324
325 tuplestore_puttuple(tupstore, &tmptup);
326 }
327 else
328 {
329 /*
330 * NULL result from a tuple-returning function; expand it
331 * to a row of all nulls. We rely on the expectedDesc to
332 * form such rows. (Note: this would be problematic if
333 * tuplestore_putvalues saved the tdtypeid/tdtypmod from
334 * the provided descriptor, since that might not match
335 * what we get from the function itself. But it doesn't.)
336 */
337 int natts = expectedDesc->natts;
338 bool *nullflags;
339
340 nullflags = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool));
341 memset(nullflags, true, natts * sizeof(bool));
342 tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, expectedDesc, NULL, nullflags);
343 }
344 }
345 else
346 {
347 /* Scalar-type case: just store the function result */
348 tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, tupdesc, &result, &fcinfo->isnull);
349 }
350
351 /*
352 * Are we done?
353 */
354 if (rsinfo.isDone != ExprMultipleResult)
355 break;
356
357 /*
358 * Check that set-returning functions were properly declared.
359 * (Note: for historical reasons, we don't complain if a non-SRF
360 * returns ExprEndResult; that's treated as returning NULL.)
361 */
362 if (!returnsSet)
364 (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_SRF_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
365 errmsg("table-function protocol for value-per-call mode was not followed")));
366 }
367 else if (rsinfo.returnMode == SFRM_Materialize)
368 {
369 /* check we're on the same page as the function author */
370 if (!first_time || rsinfo.isDone != ExprSingleResult || !returnsSet)
372 (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_SRF_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
373 errmsg("table-function protocol for materialize mode was not followed")));
374 /* Done evaluating the set result */
375 break;
376 }
377 else
379 (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_SRF_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
380 errmsg("unrecognized table-function returnMode: %d",
381 (int) rsinfo.returnMode)));
382
383 first_time = false;
384 }
385
386no_function_result:
387
388 /*
389 * If we got nothing from the function (ie, an empty-set or NULL result),
390 * we have to create the tuplestore to return, and if it's a
391 * non-set-returning function then insert a single all-nulls row. As
392 * above, we depend on the expectedDesc to manufacture the dummy row.
393 */
394 if (rsinfo.setResult == NULL)
395 {
396 MemoryContext oldcontext =
398
399 tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(randomAccess, false, work_mem);
400 rsinfo.setResult = tupstore;
401 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
402
403 if (!returnsSet)
404 {
405 int natts = expectedDesc->natts;
406 bool *nullflags;
407
408 nullflags = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool));
409 memset(nullflags, true, natts * sizeof(bool));
410 tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, expectedDesc, NULL, nullflags);
411 }
412 }
413
414 /*
415 * If function provided a tupdesc, cross-check it. We only really need to
416 * do this for functions returning RECORD, but might as well do it always.
417 */
418 if (rsinfo.setDesc)
419 {
420 tupledesc_match(expectedDesc, rsinfo.setDesc);
421
422 /*
423 * If it is a dynamically-allocated TupleDesc, free it: it is
424 * typically allocated in a per-query context, so we must avoid
425 * leaking it across multiple usages.
426 */
427 if (rsinfo.setDesc->tdrefcount == -1)
428 FreeTupleDesc(rsinfo.setDesc);
429 }
430
431 MemoryContextSwitchTo(callerContext);
432
433 /* All done, pass back the tuplestore */
434 return rsinfo.setResult;
435}
static void tupledesc_match(TupleDesc dst_tupdesc, TupleDesc src_tupdesc)
Definition: execSRF.c:943
@ SFRM_Materialize_Preferred
Definition: execnodes.h:337
@ SFRM_Materialize_Random
Definition: execnodes.h:336
#define ResetExprContext(econtext)
Definition: executor.h:644
static Datum ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
Definition: executor.h:387
#define DatumGetHeapTupleHeader(X)
Definition: fmgr.h:295
static int32 HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(const HeapTupleHeaderData *tup)
Definition: htup_details.h:516
static uint32 HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(const HeapTupleHeaderData *tup)
Definition: htup_details.h:492
static Oid HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(const HeapTupleHeaderData *tup)
Definition: htup_details.h:504
bool type_is_rowtype(Oid typid)
Definition: lsyscache.c:2795
void MemoryContextReset(MemoryContext context)
Definition: mcxt.c:383
#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
Definition: miscadmin.h:122
uint32 t_len
Definition: htup.h:64
HeapTupleHeader t_data
Definition: htup.h:68
Expr * expr
Definition: execnodes.h:932
bool funcReturnsSet
Definition: execnodes.h:968
ExprState * elidedFuncState
Definition: execnodes.h:940
int tdrefcount
Definition: tupdesc.h:140
int32 tdtypmod
Definition: tupdesc.h:139
Oid tdtypeid
Definition: tupdesc.h:138
void FreeTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: tupdesc.c:495
TupleDesc CreateTemplateTupleDesc(int natts)
Definition: tupdesc.c:175
void TupleDescInitEntry(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, const char *attributeName, Oid oidtypeid, int32 typmod, int attdim)
Definition: tupdesc.c:835
Tuplestorestate * tuplestore_begin_heap(bool randomAccess, bool interXact, int maxKBytes)
Definition: tuplestore.c:330
void tuplestore_putvalues(Tuplestorestate *state, TupleDesc tdesc, const Datum *values, const bool *isnull)
Definition: tuplestore.c:784
void tuplestore_puttuple(Tuplestorestate *state, HeapTuple tuple)
Definition: tuplestore.c:764
TupleDesc lookup_rowtype_tupdesc_copy(Oid type_id, int32 typmod)
Definition: typcache.c:1956

References ReturnSetInfo::allowedModes, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::args, SetExprState::args, Assert(), CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, CreateTemplateTupleDesc(), CurrentMemoryContext, DatumGetHeapTupleHeader, ReturnSetInfo::econtext, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, SetExprState::elidedFuncState, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecEvalExpr(), ExecEvalFuncArgs(), ReturnSetInfo::expectedDesc, SetExprState::expr, ExprEndResult, ExprMultipleResult, ExprSingleResult, exprType(), SetExprState::fcinfo, FmgrInfo::fn_strict, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::fncollation, FreeTupleDesc(), SetExprState::func, SetExprState::funcReturnsSet, FunctionCallInvoke, HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(), i, InitFunctionCallInfoData, InvalidOid, ReturnSetInfo::isDone, FunctionCallInfoBaseData::isnull, NullableDatum::isnull, list_length(), lookup_rowtype_tupdesc_copy(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), FunctionCallInfoBaseData::nargs, TupleDescData::natts, palloc(), pgstat_end_function_usage(), pgstat_init_function_usage(), ResetExprContext, ReturnSetInfo::returnMode, ReturnSetInfo::setDesc, ReturnSetInfo::setResult, SFRM_Materialize, SFRM_Materialize_Preferred, SFRM_Materialize_Random, SFRM_ValuePerCall, SizeForFunctionCallInfo, HeapTupleData::t_data, HeapTupleData::t_len, TupleDescData::tdrefcount, TupleDescData::tdtypeid, TupleDescData::tdtypmod, tupledesc_match(), TupleDescInitEntry(), tuplestore_begin_heap(), tuplestore_puttuple(), tuplestore_putvalues(), ReturnSetInfo::type, type_is_rowtype(), and work_mem.

Referenced by FunctionNext().

◆ ExecMarkPos()

void ExecMarkPos ( PlanState node)

Definition at line 327 of file execAmi.c.

328{
329 switch (nodeTag(node))
330 {
331 case T_IndexScanState:
333 break;
334
335 case T_IndexOnlyScanState:
337 break;
338
339 case T_CustomScanState:
341 break;
342
343 case T_MaterialState:
345 break;
346
347 case T_SortState:
348 ExecSortMarkPos((SortState *) node);
349 break;
350
351 case T_ResultState:
353 break;
354
355 default:
356 /* don't make hard error unless caller asks to restore... */
357 elog(DEBUG2, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
358 break;
359 }
360}
#define DEBUG2
Definition: elog.h:29
void ExecCustomMarkPos(CustomScanState *node)
Definition: nodeCustom.c:139
void ExecIndexOnlyMarkPos(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecIndexMarkPos(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecMaterialMarkPos(MaterialState *node)
Definition: nodeMaterial.c:262
void ExecResultMarkPos(ResultState *node)
Definition: nodeResult.c:146
void ExecSortMarkPos(SortState *node)
Definition: nodeSort.c:329

References DEBUG2, elog, ExecCustomMarkPos(), ExecIndexMarkPos(), ExecIndexOnlyMarkPos(), ExecMaterialMarkPos(), ExecResultMarkPos(), ExecSortMarkPos(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by ExecMergeJoin(), and ExecResultMarkPos().

◆ ExecMaterializesOutput()

bool ExecMaterializesOutput ( NodeTag  plantype)

Definition at line 636 of file execAmi.c.

637{
638 switch (plantype)
639 {
640 case T_Material:
641 case T_FunctionScan:
642 case T_TableFuncScan:
643 case T_CteScan:
644 case T_NamedTuplestoreScan:
645 case T_WorkTableScan:
646 case T_Sort:
647 return true;
648
649 default:
650 break;
651 }
652
653 return false;
654}

Referenced by build_subplan(), consider_parallel_nestloop(), cost_subplan(), and match_unsorted_outer().

◆ ExecOpenIndices()

void ExecOpenIndices ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
bool  speculative 
)

Definition at line 160 of file execIndexing.c.

161{
162 Relation resultRelation = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
163 List *indexoidlist;
164 ListCell *l;
165 int len,
166 i;
167 RelationPtr relationDescs;
168 IndexInfo **indexInfoArray;
169
170 resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices = 0;
171
172 /* fast path if no indexes */
173 if (!RelationGetForm(resultRelation)->relhasindex)
174 return;
175
176 /*
177 * Get cached list of index OIDs
178 */
179 indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(resultRelation);
180 len = list_length(indexoidlist);
181 if (len == 0)
182 return;
183
184 /* This Assert will fail if ExecOpenIndices is called twice */
185 Assert(resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs == NULL);
186
187 /*
188 * allocate space for result arrays
189 */
190 relationDescs = (RelationPtr) palloc(len * sizeof(Relation));
191 indexInfoArray = (IndexInfo **) palloc(len * sizeof(IndexInfo *));
192
193 resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices = len;
194 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs = relationDescs;
195 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo = indexInfoArray;
196
197 /*
198 * For each index, open the index relation and save pg_index info. We
199 * acquire RowExclusiveLock, signifying we will update the index.
200 *
201 * Note: we do this even if the index is not indisready; it's not worth
202 * the trouble to optimize for the case where it isn't.
203 */
204 i = 0;
205 foreach(l, indexoidlist)
206 {
207 Oid indexOid = lfirst_oid(l);
208 Relation indexDesc;
209 IndexInfo *ii;
210
211 indexDesc = index_open(indexOid, RowExclusiveLock);
212
213 /* extract index key information from the index's pg_index info */
214 ii = BuildIndexInfo(indexDesc);
215
216 /*
217 * If the indexes are to be used for speculative insertion, add extra
218 * information required by unique index entries.
219 */
220 if (speculative && ii->ii_Unique && !indexDesc->rd_index->indisexclusion)
221 BuildSpeculativeIndexInfo(indexDesc, ii);
222
223 relationDescs[i] = indexDesc;
224 indexInfoArray[i] = ii;
225 i++;
226 }
227
228 list_free(indexoidlist);
229}
IndexInfo * BuildIndexInfo(Relation index)
Definition: index.c:2428
void BuildSpeculativeIndexInfo(Relation index, IndexInfo *ii)
Definition: index.c:2669
Relation index_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: indexam.c:133
void list_free(List *list)
Definition: list.c:1546
#define RelationGetForm(relation)
Definition: rel.h:510
List * RelationGetIndexList(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:4836
Relation * RelationPtr
Definition: relcache.h:35

References Assert(), BuildIndexInfo(), BuildSpeculativeIndexInfo(), i, IndexInfo::ii_Unique, index_open(), len, lfirst_oid, list_free(), list_length(), palloc(), RelationData::rd_index, RelationGetForm, RelationGetIndexList(), ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and RowExclusiveLock.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete(), apply_handle_insert(), apply_handle_update_internal(), CatalogOpenIndexes(), CopyFrom(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInsert(), and ExecUpdatePrologue().

◆ ExecOpenScanRelation()

Relation ExecOpenScanRelation ( EState estate,
Index  scanrelid,
int  eflags 
)

Definition at line 742 of file execUtils.c.

743{
744 Relation rel;
745
746 /* Open the relation. */
747 rel = ExecGetRangeTableRelation(estate, scanrelid, false);
748
749 /*
750 * Complain if we're attempting a scan of an unscannable relation, except
751 * when the query won't actually be run. This is a slightly klugy place
752 * to do this, perhaps, but there is no better place.
753 */
754 if ((eflags & (EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY | EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA)) == 0 &&
757 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
758 errmsg("materialized view \"%s\" has not been populated",
760 errhint("Use the REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW command.")));
761
762 return rel;
763}
#define EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA
Definition: executor.h:71
#define EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY
Definition: executor.h:65
#define RelationIsScannable(relation)
Definition: rel.h:680

References ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, EXEC_FLAG_WITH_NO_DATA, ExecGetRangeTableRelation(), RelationGetRelationName, and RelationIsScannable.

Referenced by ExecInitBitmapHeapScan(), ExecInitCustomScan(), ExecInitForeignScan(), ExecInitIndexOnlyScan(), ExecInitIndexScan(), ExecInitSampleScan(), ExecInitSeqScan(), ExecInitTidRangeScan(), ExecInitTidScan(), and postgresBeginDirectModify().

◆ ExecPartitionCheck()

bool ExecPartitionCheck ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate,
bool  emitError 
)

Definition at line 1828 of file execMain.c.

1830{
1831 ExprContext *econtext;
1832 bool success;
1833
1834 /*
1835 * If first time through, build expression state tree for the partition
1836 * check expression. (In the corner case where the partition check
1837 * expression is empty, ie there's a default partition and nothing else,
1838 * we'll be fooled into executing this code each time through. But it's
1839 * pretty darn cheap in that case, so we don't worry about it.)
1840 */
1841 if (resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionCheckExpr == NULL)
1842 {
1843 /*
1844 * Ensure that the qual tree and prepared expression are in the
1845 * query-lifespan context.
1846 */
1848 List *qual = RelationGetPartitionQual(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1849
1850 resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionCheckExpr = ExecPrepareCheck(qual, estate);
1851 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
1852 }
1853
1854 /*
1855 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating constraint
1856 * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
1857 */
1858 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
1859
1860 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
1861 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
1862
1863 /*
1864 * As in case of the cataloged constraints, we treat a NULL result as
1865 * success here, not a failure.
1866 */
1867 success = ExecCheck(resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionCheckExpr, econtext);
1868
1869 /* if asked to emit error, don't actually return on failure */
1870 if (!success && emitError)
1871 ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
1872
1873 return success;
1874}
bool ExecCheck(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: execExpr.c:872
ExprState * ExecPrepareCheck(List *qual, EState *estate)
Definition: execExpr.c:816
void ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
Definition: execMain.c:1881
static bool success
Definition: initdb.c:187
List * RelationGetPartitionQual(Relation rel)
Definition: partcache.c:277
ExprState * ri_PartitionCheckExpr
Definition: execnodes.h:586

References ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecCheck(), ExecPartitionCheckEmitError(), ExecPrepareCheck(), GetPerTupleExprContext, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), RelationGetPartitionQual(), ResultRelInfo::ri_PartitionCheckExpr, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, and success.

Referenced by apply_handle_tuple_routing(), CopyFrom(), ExecBRInsertTriggers(), ExecFindPartition(), ExecInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdateAct().

◆ ExecPartitionCheckEmitError()

void ExecPartitionCheckEmitError ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 1881 of file execMain.c.

1884{
1885 Oid root_relid;
1886 TupleDesc tupdesc;
1887 char *val_desc;
1888 Bitmapset *modifiedCols;
1889
1890 /*
1891 * If the tuple has been routed, it's been converted to the partition's
1892 * rowtype, which might differ from the root table's. We must convert it
1893 * back to the root table's rowtype so that val_desc in the error message
1894 * matches the input tuple.
1895 */
1896 if (resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
1897 {
1898 ResultRelInfo *rootrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
1899 TupleDesc old_tupdesc;
1900 AttrMap *map;
1901
1902 root_relid = RelationGetRelid(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
1903 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
1904
1905 old_tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1906 /* a reverse map */
1907 map = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(old_tupdesc, tupdesc, false);
1908
1909 /*
1910 * Partition-specific slot's tupdesc can't be changed, so allocate a
1911 * new one.
1912 */
1913 if (map != NULL)
1914 slot = execute_attr_map_slot(map, slot,
1916 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(rootrel, estate),
1917 ExecGetUpdatedCols(rootrel, estate));
1918 }
1919 else
1920 {
1921 root_relid = RelationGetRelid(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1922 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc);
1923 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(resultRelInfo, estate),
1924 ExecGetUpdatedCols(resultRelInfo, estate));
1925 }
1926
1927 val_desc = ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(root_relid,
1928 slot,
1929 tupdesc,
1930 modifiedCols,
1931 64);
1932 ereport(ERROR,
1933 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
1934 errmsg("new row for relation \"%s\" violates partition constraint",
1936 val_desc ? errdetail("Failing row contains %s.", val_desc) : 0,
1937 errtable(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc)));
1938}
int errtable(Relation rel)
Definition: relcache.c:6049

References bms_union(), build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, errtable(), ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), execute_attr_map_slot(), MakeTupleTableSlot(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by ExecCrossPartitionUpdate(), and ExecPartitionCheck().

◆ ExecPrepareCheck()

ExprState * ExecPrepareCheck ( List qual,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 816 of file execExpr.c.

817{
818 ExprState *result;
819 MemoryContext oldcontext;
820
821 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
822
823 qual = (List *) expression_planner((Expr *) qual);
824
825 result = ExecInitCheck(qual, NULL);
826
827 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
828
829 return result;
830}
ExprState * ExecInitCheck(List *qual, PlanState *parent)
Definition: execExpr.c:315
Expr * expression_planner(Expr *expr)
Definition: planner.c:6691

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitCheck(), expression_planner(), and MemoryContextSwitchTo().

Referenced by ExecPartitionCheck().

◆ ExecPrepareExpr()

ExprState * ExecPrepareExpr ( Expr node,
EState estate 
)

◆ ExecPrepareExprList()

List * ExecPrepareExprList ( List nodes,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 839 of file execExpr.c.

840{
841 List *result = NIL;
842 MemoryContext oldcontext;
843 ListCell *lc;
844
845 /* Ensure that the list cell nodes are in the right context too */
846 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
847
848 foreach(lc, nodes)
849 {
850 Expr *e = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
851
852 result = lappend(result, ExecPrepareExpr(e, estate));
853 }
854
855 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
856
857 return result;
858}
ExprState * ExecPrepareExpr(Expr *node, EState *estate)
Definition: execExpr.c:765

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecPrepareExpr(), lappend(), lfirst, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and NIL.

Referenced by EvaluateParams(), FormIndexDatum(), FormPartitionKeyDatum(), and make_build_data().

◆ ExecPrepareQual()

ExprState * ExecPrepareQual ( List qual,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 793 of file execExpr.c.

794{
795 ExprState *result;
796 MemoryContext oldcontext;
797
798 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
799
800 qual = (List *) expression_planner((Expr *) qual);
801
802 result = ExecInitQual(qual, NULL);
803
804 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
805
806 return result;
807}
ExprState * ExecInitQual(List *qual, PlanState *parent)
Definition: execExpr.c:229

References EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitQual(), expression_planner(), and MemoryContextSwitchTo().

Referenced by compute_index_stats(), ExecCheckIndexConstraints(), ExecInsertIndexTuples(), heapam_index_build_range_scan(), heapam_index_validate_scan(), IndexCheckExclusion(), and TriggerEnabled().

◆ ExecProcNode()

◆ ExecProject()

static TupleTableSlot * ExecProject ( ProjectionInfo projInfo)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 477 of file executor.h.

478{
479 ExprContext *econtext = projInfo->pi_exprContext;
480 ExprState *state = &projInfo->pi_state;
481 TupleTableSlot *slot = state->resultslot;
482
483 /*
484 * Clear any former contents of the result slot. This makes it safe for
485 * us to use the slot's Datum/isnull arrays as workspace.
486 */
487 ExecClearTuple(slot);
488
489 /* Run the expression */
491
492 /*
493 * Successfully formed a result row. Mark the result slot as containing a
494 * valid virtual tuple (inlined version of ExecStoreVirtualTuple()).
495 */
496 slot->tts_flags &= ~TTS_FLAG_EMPTY;
497 slot->tts_nvalid = slot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts;
498
499 return slot;
500}
static void ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: executor.h:452
AttrNumber tts_nvalid
Definition: tuptable.h:120
uint16 tts_flags
Definition: tuptable.h:118

References ExecClearTuple(), ExecEvalExprNoReturnSwitchContext(), TupleDescData::natts, ProjectionInfo::pi_exprContext, ProjectionInfo::pi_state, TupleTableSlot::tts_flags, TupleTableSlot::tts_nvalid, and TupleTableSlot::tts_tupleDescriptor.

Referenced by buildSubPlanHash(), ExecGather(), ExecGatherMerge(), ExecGetInsertNewTuple(), ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(), ExecGroup(), ExecHashJoinImpl(), ExecHashSubPlan(), ExecMergeJoin(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecMergeNotMatched(), ExecNestLoop(), ExecOnConflictUpdate(), ExecProcessReturning(), ExecResult(), ExecScanExtended(), ExecWindowAgg(), MJFillInner(), MJFillOuter(), and project_aggregates().

◆ ExecQual()

static bool ExecQual ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 513 of file executor.h.

514{
515 Datum ret;
516 bool isnull;
517
518 /* short-circuit (here and in ExecInitQual) for empty restriction list */
519 if (state == NULL)
520 return true;
521
522 /* verify that expression was compiled using ExecInitQual */
523 Assert(state->flags & EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL);
524
525 ret = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(state, econtext, &isnull);
526
527 /* EEOP_QUAL should never return NULL */
528 Assert(!isnull);
529
530 return DatumGetBool(ret);
531}

References Assert(), DatumGetBool(), EEO_FLAG_IS_QUAL, and ExecEvalExprSwitchContext().

Referenced by agg_retrieve_direct(), compute_index_stats(), CopyFrom(), ExecCheckIndexConstraints(), ExecEvalPreOrderedDistinctMulti(), ExecGroup(), ExecHashJoinImpl(), ExecInsertIndexTuples(), ExecMergeJoin(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecMergeNotMatched(), ExecNestLoop(), ExecOnConflictUpdate(), ExecQualAndReset(), ExecResult(), ExecScanExtended(), ExecWindowAgg(), ExecWithCheckOptions(), ForeignRecheck(), heapam_index_build_range_scan(), heapam_index_validate_scan(), IndexCheckExclusion(), MemoizeHash_equal(), MJFillInner(), MJFillOuter(), process_ordered_aggregate_multi(), project_aggregates(), and TriggerEnabled().

◆ ExecQualAndReset()

static bool ExecQualAndReset ( ExprState state,
ExprContext econtext 
)
inlinestatic

◆ ExecRelationIsTargetRelation()

bool ExecRelationIsTargetRelation ( EState estate,
Index  scanrelid 
)

Definition at line 729 of file execUtils.c.

730{
731 return list_member_int(estate->es_plannedstmt->resultRelations, scanrelid);
732}
bool list_member_int(const List *list, int datum)
Definition: list.c:702
List * resultRelations
Definition: plannodes.h:106

References EState::es_plannedstmt, list_member_int(), and PlannedStmt::resultRelations.

◆ ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull()

AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate,
List notnull_virtual_attrs 
)

Definition at line 2066 of file execMain.c.

2068{
2069 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2070 ExprContext *econtext;
2071 MemoryContext oldContext;
2072
2073 /*
2074 * We implement this by building a NullTest node for each virtual
2075 * generated column, which we cache in resultRelInfo, and running those
2076 * through ExecCheck().
2077 */
2078 if (resultRelInfo->ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs == NULL)
2079 {
2080 oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
2082 palloc0_array(ExprState *, list_length(notnull_virtual_attrs));
2083
2084 foreach_int(attnum, notnull_virtual_attrs)
2085 {
2087 NullTest *nnulltest;
2088
2089 /* "generated_expression IS NOT NULL" check. */
2090 nnulltest = makeNode(NullTest);
2091 nnulltest->arg = (Expr *) build_generation_expression(rel, attnum);
2092 nnulltest->nulltesttype = IS_NOT_NULL;
2093 nnulltest->argisrow = false;
2094 nnulltest->location = -1;
2095
2096 resultRelInfo->ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs[i] =
2097 ExecPrepareExpr((Expr *) nnulltest, estate);
2098 }
2099 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
2100 }
2101
2102 /*
2103 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating virtual
2104 * generated column not null constraint expressions (creating it if it's
2105 * not already there).
2106 */
2107 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
2108
2109 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
2110 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
2111
2112 /* And evaluate the check constraints for virtual generated column */
2113 foreach_int(attnum, notnull_virtual_attrs)
2114 {
2116 ExprState *exprstate = resultRelInfo->ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs[i];
2117
2118 Assert(exprstate != NULL);
2119 if (!ExecCheck(exprstate, econtext))
2120 return attnum;
2121 }
2122
2123 /* InvalidAttrNumber result means no error */
2124 return InvalidAttrNumber;
2125}
#define palloc0_array(type, count)
Definition: fe_memutils.h:77
@ IS_NOT_NULL
Definition: primnodes.h:1957
Node * build_generation_expression(Relation rel, int attrno)
NullTestType nulltesttype
Definition: primnodes.h:1964
ParseLoc location
Definition: primnodes.h:1967
Expr * arg
Definition: primnodes.h:1963
ExprState ** ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs
Definition: execnodes.h:555

References NullTest::arg, Assert(), attnum, build_generation_expression(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecCheck(), ExecPrepareExpr(), foreach_current_index, foreach_int, GetPerTupleExprContext, i, InvalidAttrNumber, IS_NOT_NULL, list_length(), NullTest::location, makeNode, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NullTest::nulltesttype, palloc0_array, ResultRelInfo::ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs, and ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc.

Referenced by ATRewriteTable(), and ExecConstraints().

◆ ExecReScan()

void ExecReScan ( PlanState node)

Definition at line 77 of file execAmi.c.

78{
79 /* If collecting timing stats, update them */
80 if (node->instrument)
82
83 /*
84 * If we have changed parameters, propagate that info.
85 *
86 * Note: ExecReScanSetParamPlan() can add bits to node->chgParam,
87 * corresponding to the output param(s) that the InitPlan will update.
88 * Since we make only one pass over the list, that means that an InitPlan
89 * can depend on the output param(s) of a sibling InitPlan only if that
90 * sibling appears earlier in the list. This is workable for now given
91 * the limited ways in which one InitPlan could depend on another, but
92 * eventually we might need to work harder (or else make the planner
93 * enlarge the extParam/allParam sets to include the params of depended-on
94 * InitPlans).
95 */
96 if (node->chgParam != NULL)
97 {
98 ListCell *l;
99
100 foreach(l, node->initPlan)
101 {
102 SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(l);
103 PlanState *splan = sstate->planstate;
104
105 if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL) /* don't care about child
106 * local Params */
107 UpdateChangedParamSet(splan, node->chgParam);
108 if (splan->chgParam != NULL)
109 ExecReScanSetParamPlan(sstate, node);
110 }
111 foreach(l, node->subPlan)
112 {
113 SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(l);
114 PlanState *splan = sstate->planstate;
115
116 if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL)
117 UpdateChangedParamSet(splan, node->chgParam);
118 }
119 /* Well. Now set chgParam for child trees. */
120 if (outerPlanState(node) != NULL)
122 if (innerPlanState(node) != NULL)
124 }
125
126 /* Call expression callbacks */
127 if (node->ps_ExprContext)
129
130 /* And do node-type-specific processing */
131 switch (nodeTag(node))
132 {
133 case T_ResultState:
135 break;
136
137 case T_ProjectSetState:
139 break;
140
141 case T_ModifyTableState:
143 break;
144
145 case T_AppendState:
147 break;
148
149 case T_MergeAppendState:
151 break;
152
153 case T_RecursiveUnionState:
155 break;
156
157 case T_BitmapAndState:
159 break;
160
161 case T_BitmapOrState:
163 break;
164
165 case T_SeqScanState:
167 break;
168
169 case T_SampleScanState:
171 break;
172
173 case T_GatherState:
175 break;
176
177 case T_GatherMergeState:
179 break;
180
181 case T_IndexScanState:
183 break;
184
185 case T_IndexOnlyScanState:
187 break;
188
189 case T_BitmapIndexScanState:
191 break;
192
193 case T_BitmapHeapScanState:
195 break;
196
197 case T_TidScanState:
199 break;
200
201 case T_TidRangeScanState:
203 break;
204
205 case T_SubqueryScanState:
207 break;
208
209 case T_FunctionScanState:
211 break;
212
213 case T_TableFuncScanState:
215 break;
216
217 case T_ValuesScanState:
219 break;
220
221 case T_CteScanState:
223 break;
224
225 case T_NamedTuplestoreScanState:
227 break;
228
229 case T_WorkTableScanState:
231 break;
232
233 case T_ForeignScanState:
235 break;
236
237 case T_CustomScanState:
239 break;
240
241 case T_NestLoopState:
243 break;
244
245 case T_MergeJoinState:
247 break;
248
249 case T_HashJoinState:
251 break;
252
253 case T_MaterialState:
255 break;
256
257 case T_MemoizeState:
259 break;
260
261 case T_SortState:
262 ExecReScanSort((SortState *) node);
263 break;
264
265 case T_IncrementalSortState:
267 break;
268
269 case T_GroupState:
270 ExecReScanGroup((GroupState *) node);
271 break;
272
273 case T_AggState:
274 ExecReScanAgg((AggState *) node);
275 break;
276
277 case T_WindowAggState:
279 break;
280
281 case T_UniqueState:
283 break;
284
285 case T_HashState:
286 ExecReScanHash((HashState *) node);
287 break;
288
289 case T_SetOpState:
290 ExecReScanSetOp((SetOpState *) node);
291 break;
292
293 case T_LockRowsState:
295 break;
296
297 case T_LimitState:
298 ExecReScanLimit((LimitState *) node);
299 break;
300
301 default:
302 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
303 break;
304 }
305
306 if (node->chgParam != NULL)
307 {
308 bms_free(node->chgParam);
309 node->chgParam = NULL;
310 }
311}
void ReScanExprContext(ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: execUtils.c:443
void UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg)
Definition: execUtils.c:910
void InstrEndLoop(Instrumentation *instr)
Definition: instrument.c:140
void ExecReScanAgg(AggState *node)
Definition: nodeAgg.c:4466
void ExecReScanAppend(AppendState *node)
Definition: nodeAppend.c:421
void ExecReScanBitmapAnd(BitmapAndState *node)
void ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(BitmapHeapScanState *node)
void ExecReScanBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScanState *node)
void ExecReScanBitmapOr(BitmapOrState *node)
Definition: nodeBitmapOr.c:219
void ExecReScanCteScan(CteScanState *node)
Definition: nodeCtescan.c:307
void ExecReScanCustomScan(CustomScanState *node)
Definition: nodeCustom.c:132
void ExecReScanForeignScan(ForeignScanState *node)
void ExecReScanFunctionScan(FunctionScanState *node)
void ExecReScanGatherMerge(GatherMergeState *node)
void ExecReScanGather(GatherState *node)
Definition: nodeGather.c:442
void ExecReScanGroup(GroupState *node)
Definition: nodeGroup.c:235
void ExecReScanHash(HashState *node)
Definition: nodeHash.c:2375
void ExecReScanHashJoin(HashJoinState *node)
void ExecReScanIncrementalSort(IncrementalSortState *node)
void ExecReScanIndexOnlyScan(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecReScanIndexScan(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecReScanLimit(LimitState *node)
Definition: nodeLimit.c:541
void ExecReScanLockRows(LockRowsState *node)
Definition: nodeLockRows.c:399
void ExecReScanMaterial(MaterialState *node)
Definition: nodeMaterial.c:313
void ExecReScanMemoize(MemoizeState *node)
Definition: nodeMemoize.c:1139
void ExecReScanMergeAppend(MergeAppendState *node)
void ExecReScanMergeJoin(MergeJoinState *node)
void ExecReScanModifyTable(ModifyTableState *node)
void ExecReScanNamedTuplestoreScan(NamedTuplestoreScanState *node)
void ExecReScanNestLoop(NestLoopState *node)
Definition: nodeNestloop.c:381
void ExecReScanProjectSet(ProjectSetState *node)
void ExecReScanRecursiveUnion(RecursiveUnionState *node)
void ExecReScanResult(ResultState *node)
Definition: nodeResult.c:249
void ExecReScanSampleScan(SampleScanState *node)
void ExecReScanSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
Definition: nodeSeqscan.c:317
void ExecReScanSetOp(SetOpState *node)
Definition: nodeSetOp.c:693
void ExecReScanSort(SortState *node)
Definition: nodeSort.c:362
void ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, PlanState *parent)
Definition: nodeSubplan.c:1299
void ExecReScanSubqueryScan(SubqueryScanState *node)
void ExecReScanTableFuncScan(TableFuncScanState *node)
void ExecReScanTidRangeScan(TidRangeScanState *node)
void ExecReScanTidScan(TidScanState *node)
Definition: nodeTidscan.c:447
void ExecReScanUnique(UniqueState *node)
Definition: nodeUnique.c:175
void ExecReScanValuesScan(ValuesScanState *node)
void ExecReScanWindowAgg(WindowAggState *node)
void ExecReScanWorkTableScan(WorkTableScanState *node)
List * subPlan
Definition: execnodes.h:1183
struct PlanState * planstate
Definition: execnodes.h:1003

References bms_free(), PlanState::chgParam, elog, ERROR, ExecReScanAgg(), ExecReScanAppend(), ExecReScanBitmapAnd(), ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(), ExecReScanBitmapIndexScan(), ExecReScanBitmapOr(), ExecReScanCteScan(), ExecReScanCustomScan(), ExecReScanForeignScan(), ExecReScanFunctionScan(), ExecReScanGather(), ExecReScanGatherMerge(), ExecReScanGroup(), ExecReScanHash(), ExecReScanHashJoin(), ExecReScanIncrementalSort(), ExecReScanIndexOnlyScan(), ExecReScanIndexScan(), ExecReScanLimit(), ExecReScanLockRows(), ExecReScanMaterial(), ExecReScanMemoize(), ExecReScanMergeAppend(), ExecReScanMergeJoin(), ExecReScanModifyTable(), ExecReScanNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecReScanNestLoop(), ExecReScanProjectSet(), ExecReScanRecursiveUnion(), ExecReScanResult(), ExecReScanSampleScan(), ExecReScanSeqScan(), ExecReScanSetOp(), ExecReScanSetParamPlan(), ExecReScanSort(), ExecReScanSubqueryScan(), ExecReScanTableFuncScan(), ExecReScanTidRangeScan(), ExecReScanTidScan(), ExecReScanUnique(), ExecReScanValuesScan(), ExecReScanWindowAgg(), ExecReScanWorkTableScan(), Plan::extParam, PlanState::initPlan, innerPlanState, InstrEndLoop(), PlanState::instrument, lfirst, nodeTag, outerPlanState, PlanState::plan, SubPlanState::planstate, PlanState::ps_ExprContext, ReScanExprContext(), PlanState::subPlan, and UpdateChangedParamSet().

Referenced by buildSubPlanHash(), ExecAsyncRequest(), ExecIndexOnlyScan(), ExecIndexScan(), ExecNestLoop(), ExecProcNode(), ExecReScanAgg(), ExecReScanAppend(), ExecReScanBitmapAnd(), ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(), ExecReScanBitmapOr(), ExecReScanForeignScan(), ExecReScanGather(), ExecReScanGatherMerge(), ExecReScanGroup(), ExecReScanHash(), ExecReScanHashJoin(), ExecReScanIncrementalSort(), ExecReScanLimit(), ExecReScanLockRows(), ExecReScanMaterial(), ExecReScanMemoize(), ExecReScanMergeAppend(), ExecReScanMergeJoin(), ExecReScanNestLoop(), ExecReScanProjectSet(), ExecReScanRecursiveUnion(), ExecReScanResult(), ExecReScanSetOp(), ExecReScanSort(), ExecReScanSubqueryScan(), ExecReScanUnique(), ExecReScanWindowAgg(), ExecScanSubPlan(), ExecutorRewind(), MultiExecBitmapIndexScan(), and MultiExecProcNode().

◆ ExecRestrPos()

void ExecRestrPos ( PlanState node)

Definition at line 376 of file execAmi.c.

377{
378 switch (nodeTag(node))
379 {
380 case T_IndexScanState:
382 break;
383
384 case T_IndexOnlyScanState:
386 break;
387
388 case T_CustomScanState:
390 break;
391
392 case T_MaterialState:
394 break;
395
396 case T_SortState:
397 ExecSortRestrPos((SortState *) node);
398 break;
399
400 case T_ResultState:
402 break;
403
404 default:
405 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
406 break;
407 }
408}
void ExecCustomRestrPos(CustomScanState *node)
Definition: nodeCustom.c:150
void ExecIndexOnlyRestrPos(IndexOnlyScanState *node)
void ExecIndexRestrPos(IndexScanState *node)
void ExecMaterialRestrPos(MaterialState *node)
Definition: nodeMaterial.c:290
void ExecResultRestrPos(ResultState *node)
Definition: nodeResult.c:161
void ExecSortRestrPos(SortState *node)
Definition: nodeSort.c:347

References elog, ERROR, ExecCustomRestrPos(), ExecIndexOnlyRestrPos(), ExecIndexRestrPos(), ExecMaterialRestrPos(), ExecResultRestrPos(), ExecSortRestrPos(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by ExecMergeJoin(), and ExecResultRestrPos().

◆ ExecScan()

TupleTableSlot * ExecScan ( ScanState node,
ExecScanAccessMtd  accessMtd,
ExecScanRecheckMtd  recheckMtd 
)

Definition at line 47 of file execScan.c.

50{
51 EPQState *epqstate;
52 ExprState *qual;
53 ProjectionInfo *projInfo;
54
55 epqstate = node->ps.state->es_epq_active;
56 qual = node->ps.qual;
57 projInfo = node->ps.ps_ProjInfo;
58
59 return ExecScanExtended(node,
60 accessMtd,
61 recheckMtd,
62 epqstate,
63 qual,
64 projInfo);
65}
static pg_attribute_always_inline TupleTableSlot * ExecScanExtended(ScanState *node, ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd, ExecScanRecheckMtd recheckMtd, EPQState *epqstate, ExprState *qual, ProjectionInfo *projInfo)
Definition: execScan.h:152
struct EPQState * es_epq_active
Definition: execnodes.h:738
ExprState * qual
Definition: execnodes.h:1177

References EState::es_epq_active, ExecScanExtended(), ScanState::ps, PlanState::ps_ProjInfo, PlanState::qual, and PlanState::state.

Referenced by ExecBitmapHeapScan(), ExecCteScan(), ExecForeignScan(), ExecFunctionScan(), ExecIndexOnlyScan(), ExecIndexScan(), ExecNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecSampleScan(), ExecSeqScanEPQ(), ExecSubqueryScan(), ExecTableFuncScan(), ExecTidRangeScan(), ExecTidScan(), ExecValuesScan(), and ExecWorkTableScan().

◆ ExecScanReScan()

void ExecScanReScan ( ScanState node)

Definition at line 108 of file execScan.c.

109{
110 EState *estate = node->ps.state;
111
112 /*
113 * We must clear the scan tuple so that observers (e.g., execCurrent.c)
114 * can tell that this plan node is not positioned on a tuple.
115 */
117
118 /*
119 * Rescan EvalPlanQual tuple(s) if we're inside an EvalPlanQual recheck.
120 * But don't lose the "blocked" status of blocked target relations.
121 */
122 if (estate->es_epq_active != NULL)
123 {
124 EPQState *epqstate = estate->es_epq_active;
125 Index scanrelid = ((Scan *) node->ps.plan)->scanrelid;
126
127 if (scanrelid > 0)
128 epqstate->relsubs_done[scanrelid - 1] =
129 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[scanrelid - 1];
130 else
131 {
132 Bitmapset *relids;
133 int rtindex = -1;
134
135 /*
136 * If an FDW or custom scan provider has replaced the join with a
137 * scan, there are multiple RTIs; reset the epqScanDone flag for
138 * all of them.
139 */
140 if (IsA(node->ps.plan, ForeignScan))
141 relids = ((ForeignScan *) node->ps.plan)->fs_base_relids;
142 else if (IsA(node->ps.plan, CustomScan))
143 relids = ((CustomScan *) node->ps.plan)->custom_relids;
144 else
145 elog(ERROR, "unexpected scan node: %d",
146 (int) nodeTag(node->ps.plan));
147
148 while ((rtindex = bms_next_member(relids, rtindex)) >= 0)
149 {
150 Assert(rtindex > 0);
151 epqstate->relsubs_done[rtindex - 1] =
152 epqstate->relsubs_blocked[rtindex - 1];
153 }
154 }
155 }
156}
int bms_next_member(const Bitmapset *a, int prevbit)
Definition: bitmapset.c:1306

References Assert(), bms_next_member(), elog, ERROR, EState::es_epq_active, ExecClearTuple(), IsA, nodeTag, PlanState::plan, ScanState::ps, EPQState::relsubs_blocked, EPQState::relsubs_done, ScanState::ss_ScanTupleSlot, and PlanState::state.

Referenced by ExecReScanBitmapHeapScan(), ExecReScanCteScan(), ExecReScanForeignScan(), ExecReScanFunctionScan(), ExecReScanIndexOnlyScan(), ExecReScanIndexScan(), ExecReScanNamedTuplestoreScan(), ExecReScanSampleScan(), ExecReScanSeqScan(), ExecReScanSubqueryScan(), ExecReScanTableFuncScan(), ExecReScanTidRangeScan(), ExecReScanTidScan(), ExecReScanValuesScan(), and ExecReScanWorkTableScan().

◆ ExecSetExecProcNode()

void ExecSetExecProcNode ( PlanState node,
ExecProcNodeMtd  function 
)

Definition at line 430 of file execProcnode.c.

431{
432 /*
433 * Add a wrapper around the ExecProcNode callback that checks stack depth
434 * during the first execution and maybe adds an instrumentation wrapper.
435 * When the callback is changed after execution has already begun that
436 * means we'll superfluously execute ExecProcNodeFirst, but that seems ok.
437 */
440}
static TupleTableSlot * ExecProcNodeFirst(PlanState *node)
Definition: execProcnode.c:448
on_exit_nicely_callback function
ExecProcNodeMtd ExecProcNodeReal
Definition: execnodes.h:1163

References PlanState::ExecProcNode, ExecProcNodeFirst(), PlanState::ExecProcNodeReal, and function.

Referenced by ExecHashJoinInitializeDSM(), ExecHashJoinInitializeWorker(), and ExecInitNode().

◆ ExecSetTupleBound()

void ExecSetTupleBound ( int64  tuples_needed,
PlanState child_node 
)

Definition at line 848 of file execProcnode.c.

849{
850 /*
851 * Since this function recurses, in principle we should check stack depth
852 * here. In practice, it's probably pointless since the earlier node
853 * initialization tree traversal would surely have consumed more stack.
854 */
855
856 if (IsA(child_node, SortState))
857 {
858 /*
859 * If it is a Sort node, notify it that it can use bounded sort.
860 *
861 * Note: it is the responsibility of nodeSort.c to react properly to
862 * changes of these parameters. If we ever redesign this, it'd be a
863 * good idea to integrate this signaling with the parameter-change
864 * mechanism.
865 */
866 SortState *sortState = (SortState *) child_node;
867
868 if (tuples_needed < 0)
869 {
870 /* make sure flag gets reset if needed upon rescan */
871 sortState->bounded = false;
872 }
873 else
874 {
875 sortState->bounded = true;
876 sortState->bound = tuples_needed;
877 }
878 }
879 else if (IsA(child_node, IncrementalSortState))
880 {
881 /*
882 * If it is an IncrementalSort node, notify it that it can use bounded
883 * sort.
884 *
885 * Note: it is the responsibility of nodeIncrementalSort.c to react
886 * properly to changes of these parameters. If we ever redesign this,
887 * it'd be a good idea to integrate this signaling with the
888 * parameter-change mechanism.
889 */
890 IncrementalSortState *sortState = (IncrementalSortState *) child_node;
891
892 if (tuples_needed < 0)
893 {
894 /* make sure flag gets reset if needed upon rescan */
895 sortState->bounded = false;
896 }
897 else
898 {
899 sortState->bounded = true;
900 sortState->bound = tuples_needed;
901 }
902 }
903 else if (IsA(child_node, AppendState))
904 {
905 /*
906 * If it is an Append, we can apply the bound to any nodes that are
907 * children of the Append, since the Append surely need read no more
908 * than that many tuples from any one input.
909 */
910 AppendState *aState = (AppendState *) child_node;
911 int i;
912
913 for (i = 0; i < aState->as_nplans; i++)
914 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, aState->appendplans[i]);
915 }
916 else if (IsA(child_node, MergeAppendState))
917 {
918 /*
919 * If it is a MergeAppend, we can apply the bound to any nodes that
920 * are children of the MergeAppend, since the MergeAppend surely need
921 * read no more than that many tuples from any one input.
922 */
923 MergeAppendState *maState = (MergeAppendState *) child_node;
924 int i;
925
926 for (i = 0; i < maState->ms_nplans; i++)
927 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, maState->mergeplans[i]);
928 }
929 else if (IsA(child_node, ResultState))
930 {
931 /*
932 * Similarly, for a projecting Result, we can apply the bound to its
933 * child node.
934 *
935 * If Result supported qual checking, we'd have to punt on seeing a
936 * qual. Note that having a resconstantqual is not a showstopper: if
937 * that condition succeeds it affects nothing, while if it fails, no
938 * rows will be demanded from the Result child anyway.
939 */
940 if (outerPlanState(child_node))
941 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, outerPlanState(child_node));
942 }
943 else if (IsA(child_node, SubqueryScanState))
944 {
945 /*
946 * We can also descend through SubqueryScan, but only if it has no
947 * qual (otherwise it might discard rows).
948 */
949 SubqueryScanState *subqueryState = (SubqueryScanState *) child_node;
950
951 if (subqueryState->ss.ps.qual == NULL)
952 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, subqueryState->subplan);
953 }
954 else if (IsA(child_node, GatherState))
955 {
956 /*
957 * A Gather node can propagate the bound to its workers. As with
958 * MergeAppend, no one worker could possibly need to return more
959 * tuples than the Gather itself needs to.
960 *
961 * Note: As with Sort, the Gather node is responsible for reacting
962 * properly to changes to this parameter.
963 */
964 GatherState *gstate = (GatherState *) child_node;
965
966 gstate->tuples_needed = tuples_needed;
967
968 /* Also pass down the bound to our own copy of the child plan */
969 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, outerPlanState(child_node));
970 }
971 else if (IsA(child_node, GatherMergeState))
972 {
973 /* Same comments as for Gather */
974 GatherMergeState *gstate = (GatherMergeState *) child_node;
975
976 gstate->tuples_needed = tuples_needed;
977
978 ExecSetTupleBound(tuples_needed, outerPlanState(child_node));
979 }
980
981 /*
982 * In principle we could descend through any plan node type that is
983 * certain not to discard or combine input rows; but on seeing a node that
984 * can do that, we can't propagate the bound any further. For the moment
985 * it's unclear that any other cases are worth checking here.
986 */
987}
void ExecSetTupleBound(int64 tuples_needed, PlanState *child_node)
Definition: execProcnode.c:848
PlanState ** appendplans
Definition: execnodes.h:1488
int64 tuples_needed
Definition: execnodes.h:2736
PlanState ** mergeplans
Definition: execnodes.h:1532
bool bounded
Definition: execnodes.h:2395
int64 bound
Definition: execnodes.h:2396
PlanState * subplan
Definition: execnodes.h:1945

References AppendState::appendplans, AppendState::as_nplans, SortState::bound, IncrementalSortState::bound, SortState::bounded, IncrementalSortState::bounded, ExecSetTupleBound(), i, IsA, MergeAppendState::mergeplans, MergeAppendState::ms_nplans, outerPlanState, ScanState::ps, PlanState::qual, SubqueryScanState::ss, SubqueryScanState::subplan, GatherState::tuples_needed, and GatherMergeState::tuples_needed.

Referenced by ExecSetTupleBound(), ParallelQueryMain(), and recompute_limits().

◆ ExecShutdownNode()

void ExecShutdownNode ( PlanState node)

Definition at line 772 of file execProcnode.c.

773{
774 (void) ExecShutdownNode_walker(node, NULL);
775}
static bool ExecShutdownNode_walker(PlanState *node, void *context)
Definition: execProcnode.c:778

References ExecShutdownNode_walker().

Referenced by ExecutePlan().

◆ ExecSimpleRelationDelete()

void ExecSimpleRelationDelete ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate,
EPQState epqstate,
TupleTableSlot searchslot 
)

Definition at line 734 of file execReplication.c.

737{
738 bool skip_tuple = false;
739 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
740 ItemPointer tid = &searchslot->tts_tid;
741
743
744 /* BEFORE ROW DELETE Triggers */
745 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
746 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_delete_before_row)
747 {
748 skip_tuple = !ExecBRDeleteTriggers(estate, epqstate, resultRelInfo,
749 tid, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
750 }
751
752 if (!skip_tuple)
753 {
754 /* OK, delete the tuple */
755 simple_table_tuple_delete(rel, tid, estate->es_snapshot);
756
757 /* AFTER ROW DELETE Triggers */
758 ExecARDeleteTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo,
759 tid, NULL, NULL, false);
760 }
761}
TriggerDesc * ri_TrigDesc
Definition: execnodes.h:509
bool trig_delete_before_row
Definition: reltrigger.h:66
void simple_table_tuple_delete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid, Snapshot snapshot)
Definition: tableam.c:291
void ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture, bool is_crosspart_update)
Definition: trigger.c:2781
bool ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot **epqslot, TM_Result *tmresult, TM_FailureData *tmfd)
Definition: trigger.c:2690

References CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_DELETE, EState::es_snapshot, ExecARDeleteTriggers(), ExecBRDeleteTriggers(), ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, simple_table_tuple_delete(), TriggerDesc::trig_delete_before_row, and TupleTableSlot::tts_tid.

Referenced by apply_handle_delete_internal(), and apply_handle_tuple_routing().

◆ ExecSimpleRelationInsert()

void ExecSimpleRelationInsert ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)

Definition at line 562 of file execReplication.c.

564{
565 bool skip_tuple = false;
566 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
567
568 /* For now we support only tables. */
569 Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION);
570
572
573 /* BEFORE ROW INSERT Triggers */
574 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
575 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_insert_before_row)
576 {
577 if (!ExecBRInsertTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo, slot))
578 skip_tuple = true; /* "do nothing" */
579 }
580
581 if (!skip_tuple)
582 {
583 List *recheckIndexes = NIL;
584 List *conflictindexes;
585 bool conflict = false;
586
587 /* Compute stored generated columns */
588 if (rel->rd_att->constr &&
590 ExecComputeStoredGenerated(resultRelInfo, estate, slot,
591 CMD_INSERT);
592
593 /* Check the constraints of the tuple */
594 if (rel->rd_att->constr)
595 ExecConstraints(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
596 if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
597 ExecPartitionCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, true);
598
599 /* OK, store the tuple and create index entries for it */
600 simple_table_tuple_insert(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc, slot);
601
602 conflictindexes = resultRelInfo->ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes;
603
604 if (resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices > 0)
605 recheckIndexes = ExecInsertIndexTuples(resultRelInfo,
606 slot, estate, false,
607 conflictindexes ? true : false,
608 &conflict,
609 conflictindexes, false);
610
611 /*
612 * Checks the conflict indexes to fetch the conflicting local tuple
613 * and reports the conflict. We perform this check here, instead of
614 * performing an additional index scan before the actual insertion and
615 * reporting the conflict if any conflicting tuples are found. This is
616 * to avoid the overhead of executing the extra scan for each INSERT
617 * operation, even when no conflict arises, which could introduce
618 * significant overhead to replication, particularly in cases where
619 * conflicts are rare.
620 *
621 * XXX OTOH, this could lead to clean-up effort for dead tuples added
622 * in heap and index in case of conflicts. But as conflicts shouldn't
623 * be a frequent thing so we preferred to save the performance
624 * overhead of extra scan before each insertion.
625 */
626 if (conflict)
627 CheckAndReportConflict(resultRelInfo, estate, CT_INSERT_EXISTS,
628 recheckIndexes, NULL, slot);
629
630 /* AFTER ROW INSERT Triggers */
631 ExecARInsertTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo, slot,
632 recheckIndexes, NULL);
633
634 /*
635 * XXX we should in theory pass a TransitionCaptureState object to the
636 * above to capture transition tuples, but after statement triggers
637 * don't actually get fired by replication yet anyway
638 */
639
640 list_free(recheckIndexes);
641 }
642}
@ CT_INSERT_EXISTS
Definition: conflict.h:27
List * ExecInsertIndexTuples(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, bool update, bool noDupErr, bool *specConflict, List *arbiterIndexes, bool onlySummarizing)
Definition: execIndexing.c:309
bool ExecPartitionCheck(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, bool emitError)
Definition: execMain.c:1828
void ExecConstraints(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate)
Definition: execMain.c:1952
static void CheckAndReportConflict(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, ConflictType type, List *recheckIndexes, TupleTableSlot *searchslot, TupleTableSlot *remoteslot)
void ExecComputeStoredGenerated(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, EState *estate, TupleTableSlot *slot, CmdType cmdtype)
TupleDesc rd_att
Definition: rel.h:112
List * ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes
Definition: execnodes.h:574
bool trig_insert_before_row
Definition: reltrigger.h:56
bool has_generated_stored
Definition: tupdesc.h:46
void simple_table_tuple_insert(Relation rel, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tableam.c:277
bool ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: trigger.c:2463
void ExecARInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, List *recheckIndexes, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
Definition: trigger.c:2541

References Assert(), CheckAndReportConflict(), CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_INSERT, TupleDescData::constr, CT_INSERT_EXISTS, ExecARInsertTriggers(), ExecBRInsertTriggers(), ExecComputeStoredGenerated(), ExecConstraints(), ExecInsertIndexTuples(), ExecPartitionCheck(), TupleConstr::has_generated_stored, list_free(), NIL, RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, simple_table_tuple_insert(), and TriggerDesc::trig_insert_before_row.

Referenced by apply_handle_insert_internal().

◆ ExecSimpleRelationUpdate()

void ExecSimpleRelationUpdate ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
EState estate,
EPQState epqstate,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)

Definition at line 651 of file execReplication.c.

654{
655 bool skip_tuple = false;
656 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
657 ItemPointer tid = &(searchslot->tts_tid);
658
659 /*
660 * We support only non-system tables, with
661 * check_publication_add_relation() accountable.
662 */
663 Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION);
665
667
668 /* BEFORE ROW UPDATE Triggers */
669 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
670 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_update_before_row)
671 {
672 if (!ExecBRUpdateTriggers(estate, epqstate, resultRelInfo,
673 tid, NULL, slot, NULL, NULL))
674 skip_tuple = true; /* "do nothing" */
675 }
676
677 if (!skip_tuple)
678 {
679 List *recheckIndexes = NIL;
680 TU_UpdateIndexes update_indexes;
681 List *conflictindexes;
682 bool conflict = false;
683
684 /* Compute stored generated columns */
685 if (rel->rd_att->constr &&
687 ExecComputeStoredGenerated(resultRelInfo, estate, slot,
688 CMD_UPDATE);
689
690 /* Check the constraints of the tuple */
691 if (rel->rd_att->constr)
692 ExecConstraints(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
693 if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
694 ExecPartitionCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate, true);
695
696 simple_table_tuple_update(rel, tid, slot, estate->es_snapshot,
697 &update_indexes);
698
699 conflictindexes = resultRelInfo->ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes;
700
701 if (resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices > 0 && (update_indexes != TU_None))
702 recheckIndexes = ExecInsertIndexTuples(resultRelInfo,
703 slot, estate, true,
704 conflictindexes ? true : false,
705 &conflict, conflictindexes,
706 (update_indexes == TU_Summarizing));
707
708 /*
709 * Refer to the comments above the call to CheckAndReportConflict() in
710 * ExecSimpleRelationInsert to understand why this check is done at
711 * this point.
712 */
713 if (conflict)
714 CheckAndReportConflict(resultRelInfo, estate, CT_UPDATE_EXISTS,
715 recheckIndexes, searchslot, slot);
716
717 /* AFTER ROW UPDATE Triggers */
718 ExecARUpdateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo,
719 NULL, NULL,
720 tid, NULL, slot,
721 recheckIndexes, NULL, false);
722
723 list_free(recheckIndexes);
724 }
725}
bool IsCatalogRelation(Relation relation)
Definition: catalog.c:104
@ CT_UPDATE_EXISTS
Definition: conflict.h:33
bool trig_update_before_row
Definition: reltrigger.h:61
void simple_table_tuple_update(Relation rel, ItemPointer otid, TupleTableSlot *slot, Snapshot snapshot, TU_UpdateIndexes *update_indexes)
Definition: tableam.c:336
TU_UpdateIndexes
Definition: tableam.h:110
@ TU_Summarizing
Definition: tableam.h:118
@ TU_None
Definition: tableam.h:112
bool ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot, TM_Result *tmresult, TM_FailureData *tmfd)
Definition: trigger.c:2941
void ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo, ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot, List *recheckIndexes, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture, bool is_crosspart_update)
Definition: trigger.c:3106

References Assert(), CheckAndReportConflict(), CheckCmdReplicaIdentity(), CMD_UPDATE, TupleDescData::constr, CT_UPDATE_EXISTS, EState::es_snapshot, ExecARUpdateTriggers(), ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecComputeStoredGenerated(), ExecConstraints(), ExecInsertIndexTuples(), ExecPartitionCheck(), TupleConstr::has_generated_stored, IsCatalogRelation(), list_free(), NIL, RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, simple_table_tuple_update(), TriggerDesc::trig_update_before_row, TupleTableSlot::tts_tid, TU_None, and TU_Summarizing.

Referenced by apply_handle_tuple_routing(), and apply_handle_update_internal().

◆ ExecSupportsBackwardScan()

bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan ( Plan node)

Definition at line 511 of file execAmi.c.

512{
513 if (node == NULL)
514 return false;
515
516 /*
517 * Parallel-aware nodes return a subset of the tuples in each worker, and
518 * in general we can't expect to have enough bookkeeping state to know
519 * which ones we returned in this worker as opposed to some other worker.
520 */
521 if (node->parallel_aware)
522 return false;
523
524 switch (nodeTag(node))
525 {
526 case T_Result:
527 if (outerPlan(node) != NULL)
529 else
530 return false;
531
532 case T_Append:
533 {
534 ListCell *l;
535
536 /* With async, tuples may be interleaved, so can't back up. */
537 if (((Append *) node)->nasyncplans > 0)
538 return false;
539
540 foreach(l, ((Append *) node)->appendplans)
541 {
543 return false;
544 }
545 /* need not check tlist because Append doesn't evaluate it */
546 return true;
547 }
548
549 case T_SampleScan:
550 /* Simplify life for tablesample methods by disallowing this */
551 return false;
552
553 case T_Gather:
554 return false;
555
556 case T_IndexScan:
557 return IndexSupportsBackwardScan(((IndexScan *) node)->indexid);
558
559 case T_IndexOnlyScan:
560 return IndexSupportsBackwardScan(((IndexOnlyScan *) node)->indexid);
561
562 case T_SubqueryScan:
563 return ExecSupportsBackwardScan(((SubqueryScan *) node)->subplan);
564
565 case T_CustomScan:
566 if (((CustomScan *) node)->flags & CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_BACKWARD_SCAN)
567 return true;
568 return false;
569
570 case T_SeqScan:
571 case T_TidScan:
572 case T_TidRangeScan:
573 case T_FunctionScan:
574 case T_ValuesScan:
575 case T_CteScan:
576 case T_Material:
577 case T_Sort:
578 /* these don't evaluate tlist */
579 return true;
580
581 case T_IncrementalSort:
582
583 /*
584 * Unlike full sort, incremental sort keeps only a single group of
585 * tuples in memory, so it can't scan backwards.
586 */
587 return false;
588
589 case T_LockRows:
590 case T_Limit:
592
593 default:
594 return false;
595 }
596}
static bool IndexSupportsBackwardScan(Oid indexid)
Definition: execAmi.c:603
bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan(Plan *node)
Definition: execAmi.c:511
#define CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_BACKWARD_SCAN
Definition: extensible.h:84
bool parallel_aware
Definition: plannodes.h:186

References CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_BACKWARD_SCAN, ExecSupportsBackwardScan(), IndexSupportsBackwardScan(), lfirst, nodeTag, outerPlan, and Plan::parallel_aware.

Referenced by ExecSupportsBackwardScan(), PerformCursorOpen(), SPI_cursor_open_internal(), and standard_planner().

◆ ExecSupportsMarkRestore()

bool ExecSupportsMarkRestore ( struct Path pathnode)

Definition at line 418 of file execAmi.c.

419{
420 /*
421 * For consistency with the routines above, we do not examine the nodeTag
422 * but rather the pathtype, which is the Plan node type the Path would
423 * produce.
424 */
425 switch (pathnode->pathtype)
426 {
427 case T_IndexScan:
428 case T_IndexOnlyScan:
429
430 /*
431 * Not all index types support mark/restore.
432 */
433 return castNode(IndexPath, pathnode)->indexinfo->amcanmarkpos;
434
435 case T_Material:
436 case T_Sort:
437 return true;
438
439 case T_CustomScan:
441 return true;
442 return false;
443
444 case T_Result:
445
446 /*
447 * Result supports mark/restore iff it has a child plan that does.
448 *
449 * We have to be careful here because there is more than one Path
450 * type that can produce a Result plan node.
451 */
452 if (IsA(pathnode, ProjectionPath))
453 return ExecSupportsMarkRestore(((ProjectionPath *) pathnode)->subpath);
454 else if (IsA(pathnode, MinMaxAggPath))
455 return false; /* childless Result */
456 else if (IsA(pathnode, GroupResultPath))
457 return false; /* childless Result */
458 else
459 {
460 /* Simple RTE_RESULT base relation */
461 Assert(IsA(pathnode, Path));
462 return false; /* childless Result */
463 }
464
465 case T_Append:
466 {
467 AppendPath *appendPath = castNode(AppendPath, pathnode);
468
469 /*
470 * If there's exactly one child, then there will be no Append
471 * in the final plan, so we can handle mark/restore if the
472 * child plan node can.
473 */
474 if (list_length(appendPath->subpaths) == 1)
475 return ExecSupportsMarkRestore((Path *) linitial(appendPath->subpaths));
476 /* Otherwise, Append can't handle it */
477 return false;
478 }
479
480 case T_MergeAppend:
481 {
482 MergeAppendPath *mapath = castNode(MergeAppendPath, pathnode);
483
484 /*
485 * Like the Append case above, single-subpath MergeAppends
486 * won't be in the final plan, so just return the child's
487 * mark/restore ability.
488 */
489 if (list_length(mapath->subpaths) == 1)
490 return ExecSupportsMarkRestore((Path *) linitial(mapath->subpaths));
491 /* Otherwise, MergeAppend can't handle it */
492 return false;
493 }
494
495 default:
496 break;
497 }
498
499 return false;
500}
bool ExecSupportsMarkRestore(Path *pathnode)
Definition: execAmi.c:418
#define CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_MARK_RESTORE
Definition: extensible.h:85
Datum subpath(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition: ltree_op.c:311
#define castNode(_type_, nodeptr)
Definition: nodes.h:182
#define linitial(l)
Definition: pg_list.h:178
List * subpaths
Definition: pathnodes.h:2066
NodeTag pathtype
Definition: pathnodes.h:1759

References Assert(), castNode, CUSTOMPATH_SUPPORT_MARK_RESTORE, ExecSupportsMarkRestore(), IsA, linitial, list_length(), Path::pathtype, subpath(), AppendPath::subpaths, and MergeAppendPath::subpaths.

Referenced by ExecSupportsMarkRestore(), and final_cost_mergejoin().

◆ ExecTargetListLength()

int ExecTargetListLength ( List targetlist)

Definition at line 1175 of file execUtils.c.

1176{
1177 /* This used to be more complex, but fjoins are dead */
1178 return list_length(targetlist);
1179}

References list_length().

Referenced by ExecTypeFromTLInternal().

◆ execTuplesHashPrepare()

void execTuplesHashPrepare ( int  numCols,
const Oid eqOperators,
Oid **  eqFuncOids,
FmgrInfo **  hashFunctions 
)

Definition at line 97 of file execGrouping.c.

101{
102 int i;
103
104 *eqFuncOids = (Oid *) palloc(numCols * sizeof(Oid));
105 *hashFunctions = (FmgrInfo *) palloc(numCols * sizeof(FmgrInfo));
106
107 for (i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
108 {
109 Oid eq_opr = eqOperators[i];
110 Oid eq_function;
111 Oid left_hash_function;
112 Oid right_hash_function;
113
114 eq_function = get_opcode(eq_opr);
115 if (!get_op_hash_functions(eq_opr,
116 &left_hash_function, &right_hash_function))
117 elog(ERROR, "could not find hash function for hash operator %u",
118 eq_opr);
119 /* We're not supporting cross-type cases here */
120 Assert(left_hash_function == right_hash_function);
121 (*eqFuncOids)[i] = eq_function;
122 fmgr_info(right_hash_function, &(*hashFunctions)[i]);
123 }
124}
RegProcedure get_opcode(Oid opno)
Definition: lsyscache.c:1425
bool get_op_hash_functions(Oid opno, RegProcedure *lhs_procno, RegProcedure *rhs_procno)
Definition: lsyscache.c:581

References Assert(), elog, ERROR, fmgr_info(), get_op_hash_functions(), get_opcode(), i, and palloc().

Referenced by ExecInitRecursiveUnion(), ExecInitSetOp(), and find_hash_columns().

◆ execTuplesMatchPrepare()

ExprState * execTuplesMatchPrepare ( TupleDesc  desc,
int  numCols,
const AttrNumber keyColIdx,
const Oid eqOperators,
const Oid collations,
PlanState parent 
)

Definition at line 58 of file execGrouping.c.

64{
65 Oid *eqFunctions;
66 int i;
67 ExprState *expr;
68
69 if (numCols == 0)
70 return NULL;
71
72 eqFunctions = (Oid *) palloc(numCols * sizeof(Oid));
73
74 /* lookup equality functions */
75 for (i = 0; i < numCols; i++)
76 eqFunctions[i] = get_opcode(eqOperators[i]);
77
78 /* build actual expression */
79 expr = ExecBuildGroupingEqual(desc, desc, NULL, NULL,
80 numCols, keyColIdx, eqFunctions, collations,
81 parent);
82
83 return expr;
84}

References ExecBuildGroupingEqual(), get_opcode(), i, and palloc().

Referenced by build_pertrans_for_aggref(), ExecInitAgg(), ExecInitGroup(), ExecInitLimit(), ExecInitUnique(), ExecInitWindowAgg(), and hypothetical_dense_rank_final().

◆ ExecTypeFromExprList()

TupleDesc ExecTypeFromExprList ( List exprList)

Definition at line 2186 of file execTuples.c.

2187{
2188 TupleDesc typeInfo;
2189 ListCell *lc;
2190 int cur_resno = 1;
2191
2192 typeInfo = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(list_length(exprList));
2193
2194 foreach(lc, exprList)
2195 {
2196 Node *e = lfirst(lc);
2197
2198 TupleDescInitEntry(typeInfo,
2199 cur_resno,
2200 NULL,
2201 exprType(e),
2202 exprTypmod(e),
2203 0);
2205 cur_resno,
2206 exprCollation(e));
2207 cur_resno++;
2208 }
2209
2210 return typeInfo;
2211}
int32 exprTypmod(const Node *expr)
Definition: nodeFuncs.c:301
Oid exprCollation(const Node *expr)
Definition: nodeFuncs.c:821
void TupleDescInitEntryCollation(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, Oid collationid)
Definition: tupdesc.c:1019

References CreateTemplateTupleDesc(), exprCollation(), exprType(), exprTypmod(), lfirst, list_length(), TupleDescInitEntry(), and TupleDescInitEntryCollation().

Referenced by ExecInitExprRec(), ExecInitMemoize(), and ExecInitValuesScan().

◆ ExecTypeFromTL()

◆ ExecTypeSetColNames()

void ExecTypeSetColNames ( TupleDesc  typeInfo,
List namesList 
)

Definition at line 2219 of file execTuples.c.

2220{
2221 int colno = 0;
2222 ListCell *lc;
2223
2224 /* It's only OK to change col names in a not-yet-blessed RECORD type */
2225 Assert(typeInfo->tdtypeid == RECORDOID);
2226 Assert(typeInfo->tdtypmod < 0);
2227
2228 foreach(lc, namesList)
2229 {
2230 char *cname = strVal(lfirst(lc));
2231 Form_pg_attribute attr;
2232
2233 /* Guard against too-long names list (probably can't happen) */
2234 if (colno >= typeInfo->natts)
2235 break;
2236 attr = TupleDescAttr(typeInfo, colno);
2237 colno++;
2238
2239 /*
2240 * Do nothing for empty aliases or dropped columns (these cases
2241 * probably can't arise in RECORD types, either)
2242 */
2243 if (cname[0] == '\0' || attr->attisdropped)
2244 continue;
2245
2246 /* OK, assign the column name */
2247 namestrcpy(&(attr->attname), cname);
2248 }
2249}
void namestrcpy(Name name, const char *str)
Definition: name.c:233
#define strVal(v)
Definition: value.h:82

References Assert(), lfirst, namestrcpy(), TupleDescData::natts, strVal, TupleDescData::tdtypeid, TupleDescData::tdtypmod, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by ExecEvalWholeRowVar(), and ExecInitExprRec().

◆ ExecUpdateLockMode()

LockTupleMode ExecUpdateLockMode ( EState estate,
ResultRelInfo relinfo 
)

Definition at line 2502 of file execMain.c.

2503{
2504 Bitmapset *keyCols;
2505 Bitmapset *updatedCols;
2506
2507 /*
2508 * Compute lock mode to use. If columns that are part of the key have not
2509 * been modified, then we can use a weaker lock, allowing for better
2510 * concurrency.
2511 */
2512 updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
2515
2516 if (bms_overlap(keyCols, updatedCols))
2517 return LockTupleExclusive;
2518
2520}
bool bms_overlap(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition: bitmapset.c:582
Bitmapset * ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, EState *estate)
Definition: execUtils.c:1418
@ LockTupleExclusive
Definition: lockoptions.h:58
@ LockTupleNoKeyExclusive
Definition: lockoptions.h:56
Bitmapset * RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(Relation relation, IndexAttrBitmapKind attrKind)
Definition: relcache.c:5303
@ INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY
Definition: relcache.h:69

References bms_overlap(), ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY, LockTupleExclusive, LockTupleNoKeyExclusive, RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), and ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc.

Referenced by ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecMergeMatched(), and ExecOnConflictUpdate().

◆ executor_errposition()

int executor_errposition ( EState estate,
int  location 
)

Definition at line 936 of file execUtils.c.

937{
938 int pos;
939
940 /* No-op if location was not provided */
941 if (location < 0)
942 return 0;
943 /* Can't do anything if source text is not available */
944 if (estate == NULL || estate->es_sourceText == NULL)
945 return 0;
946 /* Convert offset to character number */
947 pos = pg_mbstrlen_with_len(estate->es_sourceText, location) + 1;
948 /* And pass it to the ereport mechanism */
949 return errposition(pos);
950}
int errposition(int cursorpos)
Definition: elog.c:1468
int pg_mbstrlen_with_len(const char *mbstr, int limit)
Definition: mbutils.c:1058

References errposition(), EState::es_sourceText, and pg_mbstrlen_with_len().

Referenced by ExecInitFunc(), ExecInitSubscriptingRef(), and init_sexpr().

◆ ExecutorEnd()

void ExecutorEnd ( QueryDesc queryDesc)

Definition at line 467 of file execMain.c.

468{
470 (*ExecutorEnd_hook) (queryDesc);
471 else
472 standard_ExecutorEnd(queryDesc);
473}
ExecutorEnd_hook_type ExecutorEnd_hook
Definition: execMain.c:71
void standard_ExecutorEnd(QueryDesc *queryDesc)
Definition: execMain.c:476

References ExecutorEnd_hook, and standard_ExecutorEnd().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), EndCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PersistHoldablePortal(), PortalCleanup(), postquel_end(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecutorFinish()

void ExecutorFinish ( QueryDesc queryDesc)

Definition at line 407 of file execMain.c.

408{
410 (*ExecutorFinish_hook) (queryDesc);
411 else
412 standard_ExecutorFinish(queryDesc);
413}
ExecutorFinish_hook_type ExecutorFinish_hook
Definition: execMain.c:70
void standard_ExecutorFinish(QueryDesc *queryDesc)
Definition: execMain.c:416

References ExecutorFinish_hook, and standard_ExecutorFinish().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), EndCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PersistHoldablePortal(), PortalCleanup(), postquel_end(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecutorRewind()

void ExecutorRewind ( QueryDesc queryDesc)

Definition at line 537 of file execMain.c.

538{
539 EState *estate;
540 MemoryContext oldcontext;
541
542 /* sanity checks */
543 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
544
545 estate = queryDesc->estate;
546
547 Assert(estate != NULL);
548
549 /* It's probably not sensible to rescan updating queries */
550 Assert(queryDesc->operation == CMD_SELECT);
551
552 /*
553 * Switch into per-query memory context
554 */
555 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
556
557 /*
558 * rescan plan
559 */
560 ExecReScan(queryDesc->planstate);
561
562 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
563}
void ExecReScan(PlanState *node)
Definition: execAmi.c:77
CmdType operation
Definition: execdesc.h:36

References Assert(), CMD_SELECT, EState::es_query_cxt, QueryDesc::estate, ExecReScan(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), QueryDesc::operation, and QueryDesc::planstate.

Referenced by DoPortalRewind(), and PersistHoldablePortal().

◆ ExecutorRun()

void ExecutorRun ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
ScanDirection  direction,
uint64  count 
)

Definition at line 298 of file execMain.c.

300{
302 (*ExecutorRun_hook) (queryDesc, direction, count);
303 else
304 standard_ExecutorRun(queryDesc, direction, count);
305}
ExecutorRun_hook_type ExecutorRun_hook
Definition: execMain.c:69
void standard_ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, ScanDirection direction, uint64 count)
Definition: execMain.c:308

References ExecutorRun_hook, and standard_ExecutorRun().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), DoCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PersistHoldablePortal(), PortalRunSelect(), postquel_getnext(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecutorStart()

void ExecutorStart ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
int  eflags 
)

Definition at line 123 of file execMain.c.

124{
125 /*
126 * In some cases (e.g. an EXECUTE statement or an execute message with the
127 * extended query protocol) the query_id won't be reported, so do it now.
128 *
129 * Note that it's harmless to report the query_id multiple times, as the
130 * call will be ignored if the top level query_id has already been
131 * reported.
132 */
133 pgstat_report_query_id(queryDesc->plannedstmt->queryId, false);
134
136 (*ExecutorStart_hook) (queryDesc, eflags);
137 else
138 standard_ExecutorStart(queryDesc, eflags);
139}
void pgstat_report_query_id(uint64 query_id, bool force)
ExecutorStart_hook_type ExecutorStart_hook
Definition: execMain.c:68
void standard_ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
Definition: execMain.c:142
uint64 queryId
Definition: plannodes.h:56
PlannedStmt * plannedstmt
Definition: execdesc.h:37

References ExecutorStart_hook, pgstat_report_query_id(), QueryDesc::plannedstmt, PlannedStmt::queryId, and standard_ExecutorStart().

Referenced by _SPI_pquery(), BeginCopyTo(), ExecCreateTableAs(), execute_sql_string(), ExplainOnePlan(), ParallelQueryMain(), PortalStart(), postquel_start(), ProcessQuery(), and refresh_matview_datafill().

◆ ExecWithCheckOptions()

void ExecWithCheckOptions ( WCOKind  kind,
ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot slot,
EState estate 
)

Definition at line 2200 of file execMain.c.

2202{
2203 Relation rel = resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2204 TupleDesc tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
2205 ExprContext *econtext;
2206 ListCell *l1,
2207 *l2;
2208
2209 /*
2210 * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating constraint
2211 * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
2212 */
2213 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
2214
2215 /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */
2216 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot;
2217
2218 /* Check each of the constraints */
2219 forboth(l1, resultRelInfo->ri_WithCheckOptions,
2220 l2, resultRelInfo->ri_WithCheckOptionExprs)
2221 {
2222 WithCheckOption *wco = (WithCheckOption *) lfirst(l1);
2223 ExprState *wcoExpr = (ExprState *) lfirst(l2);
2224
2225 /*
2226 * Skip any WCOs which are not the kind we are looking for at this
2227 * time.
2228 */
2229 if (wco->kind != kind)
2230 continue;
2231
2232 /*
2233 * WITH CHECK OPTION checks are intended to ensure that the new tuple
2234 * is visible (in the case of a view) or that it passes the
2235 * 'with-check' policy (in the case of row security). If the qual
2236 * evaluates to NULL or FALSE, then the new tuple won't be included in
2237 * the view or doesn't pass the 'with-check' policy for the table.
2238 */
2239 if (!ExecQual(wcoExpr, econtext))
2240 {
2241 char *val_desc;
2242 Bitmapset *modifiedCols;
2243
2244 switch (wco->kind)
2245 {
2246 /*
2247 * For WITH CHECK OPTIONs coming from views, we might be
2248 * able to provide the details on the row, depending on
2249 * the permissions on the relation (that is, if the user
2250 * could view it directly anyway). For RLS violations, we
2251 * don't include the data since we don't know if the user
2252 * should be able to view the tuple as that depends on the
2253 * USING policy.
2254 */
2255 case WCO_VIEW_CHECK:
2256 /* See the comment in ExecConstraints(). */
2257 if (resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo)
2258 {
2259 ResultRelInfo *rootrel = resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo;
2260 TupleDesc old_tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
2261 AttrMap *map;
2262
2263 tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rootrel->ri_RelationDesc);
2264 /* a reverse map */
2265 map = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(old_tupdesc,
2266 tupdesc,
2267 false);
2268
2269 /*
2270 * Partition-specific slot's tupdesc can't be changed,
2271 * so allocate a new one.
2272 */
2273 if (map != NULL)
2274 slot = execute_attr_map_slot(map, slot,
2276
2277 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(rootrel, estate),
2278 ExecGetUpdatedCols(rootrel, estate));
2279 rel = rootrel->ri_RelationDesc;
2280 }
2281 else
2282 modifiedCols = bms_union(ExecGetInsertedCols(resultRelInfo, estate),
2283 ExecGetUpdatedCols(resultRelInfo, estate));
2285 slot,
2286 tupdesc,
2287 modifiedCols,
2288 64);
2289
2290 ereport(ERROR,
2291 (errcode(ERRCODE_WITH_CHECK_OPTION_VIOLATION),
2292 errmsg("new row violates check option for view \"%s\"",
2293 wco->relname),
2294 val_desc ? errdetail("Failing row contains %s.",
2295 val_desc) : 0));
2296 break;
2299 if (wco->polname != NULL)
2300 ereport(ERROR,
2301 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2302 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy \"%s\" for table \"%s\"",
2303 wco->polname, wco->relname)));
2304 else
2305 ereport(ERROR,
2306 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2307 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy for table \"%s\"",
2308 wco->relname)));
2309 break;
2312 if (wco->polname != NULL)
2313 ereport(ERROR,
2314 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2315 errmsg("target row violates row-level security policy \"%s\" (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2316 wco->polname, wco->relname)));
2317 else
2318 ereport(ERROR,
2319 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2320 errmsg("target row violates row-level security policy (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2321 wco->relname)));
2322 break;
2324 if (wco->polname != NULL)
2325 ereport(ERROR,
2326 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2327 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy \"%s\" (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2328 wco->polname, wco->relname)));
2329 else
2330 ereport(ERROR,
2331 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2332 errmsg("new row violates row-level security policy (USING expression) for table \"%s\"",
2333 wco->relname)));
2334 break;
2335 default:
2336 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized WCO kind: %u", wco->kind);
2337 break;
2338 }
2339 }
2340 }
2341}
@ WCO_RLS_MERGE_UPDATE_CHECK
Definition: parsenodes.h:1377
@ WCO_RLS_CONFLICT_CHECK
Definition: parsenodes.h:1376
@ WCO_RLS_INSERT_CHECK
Definition: parsenodes.h:1374
@ WCO_VIEW_CHECK
Definition: parsenodes.h:1373
@ WCO_RLS_UPDATE_CHECK
Definition: parsenodes.h:1375
@ WCO_RLS_MERGE_DELETE_CHECK
Definition: parsenodes.h:1378
List * ri_WithCheckOptions
Definition: execnodes.h:543
List * ri_WithCheckOptionExprs
Definition: execnodes.h:546

References bms_union(), build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecBuildSlotValueDescription(), ExecGetInsertedCols(), ExecGetUpdatedCols(), ExecQual(), execute_attr_map_slot(), forboth, GetPerTupleExprContext, WithCheckOption::kind, lfirst, MakeTupleTableSlot(), WithCheckOption::polname, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, WithCheckOption::relname, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_WithCheckOptionExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_WithCheckOptions, TTSOpsVirtual, WCO_RLS_CONFLICT_CHECK, WCO_RLS_INSERT_CHECK, WCO_RLS_MERGE_DELETE_CHECK, WCO_RLS_MERGE_UPDATE_CHECK, WCO_RLS_UPDATE_CHECK, and WCO_VIEW_CHECK.

Referenced by ExecBatchInsert(), ExecInsert(), ExecMergeMatched(), ExecOnConflictUpdate(), ExecUpdateAct(), and ExecUpdateEpilogue().

◆ FindTupleHashEntry()

TupleHashEntry FindTupleHashEntry ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot,
ExprState eqcomp,
ExprState hashexpr 
)

Definition at line 382 of file execGrouping.c.

385{
386 TupleHashEntry entry;
387 MemoryContext oldContext;
389
390 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
391 oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(hashtable->tempcxt);
392
393 /* Set up data needed by hash and match functions */
394 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
395 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashexpr;
396 hashtable->cur_eq_func = eqcomp;
397
398 /* Search the hash table */
399 key = NULL; /* flag to reference inputslot */
400 entry = tuplehash_lookup(hashtable->hashtab, key);
401 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
402
403 return entry;
404}

References TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, sort-test::key, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and TupleHashTableData::tempcxt.

Referenced by ExecHashSubPlan().

◆ FreeExecutorState()

void FreeExecutorState ( EState estate)

Definition at line 192 of file execUtils.c.

193{
194 /*
195 * Shut down and free any remaining ExprContexts. We do this explicitly
196 * to ensure that any remaining shutdown callbacks get called (since they
197 * might need to release resources that aren't simply memory within the
198 * per-query memory context).
199 */
200 while (estate->es_exprcontexts)
201 {
202 /*
203 * XXX: seems there ought to be a faster way to implement this than
204 * repeated list_delete(), no?
205 */
207 true);
208 /* FreeExprContext removed the list link for us */
209 }
210
211 /* release JIT context, if allocated */
212 if (estate->es_jit)
213 {
215 estate->es_jit = NULL;
216 }
217
218 /* release partition directory, if allocated */
219 if (estate->es_partition_directory)
220 {
222 estate->es_partition_directory = NULL;
223 }
224
225 /*
226 * Free the per-query memory context, thereby releasing all working
227 * memory, including the EState node itself.
228 */
230}
void FreeExprContext(ExprContext *econtext, bool isCommit)
Definition: execUtils.c:416
void jit_release_context(JitContext *context)
Definition: jit.c:137
void MemoryContextDelete(MemoryContext context)
Definition: mcxt.c:454
void DestroyPartitionDirectory(PartitionDirectory pdir)
Definition: partdesc.c:484
PartitionDirectory es_partition_directory
Definition: execnodes.h:688

References DestroyPartitionDirectory(), EState::es_exprcontexts, EState::es_jit, EState::es_partition_directory, EState::es_query_cxt, FreeExprContext(), jit_release_context(), linitial, and MemoryContextDelete().

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATRewriteTable(), check_default_partition_contents(), compute_expr_stats(), compute_index_stats(), CopyFrom(), EvalPlanQualEnd(), evaluate_expr(), ExecuteCallStmt(), ExecuteQuery(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), ExplainExecuteQuery(), finish_edata(), freestate_cluster(), get_qual_for_range(), heapam_index_build_range_scan(), heapam_index_validate_scan(), IndexCheckExclusion(), make_build_data(), operator_predicate_proof(), plpgsql_inline_handler(), plpgsql_xact_cb(), standard_ExecutorEnd(), and validateDomainCheckConstraint().

◆ FreeExprContext()

void FreeExprContext ( ExprContext econtext,
bool  isCommit 
)

Definition at line 416 of file execUtils.c.

417{
418 EState *estate;
419
420 /* Call any registered callbacks */
421 ShutdownExprContext(econtext, isCommit);
422 /* And clean up the memory used */
424 /* Unlink self from owning EState, if any */
425 estate = econtext->ecxt_estate;
426 if (estate)
428 econtext);
429 /* And delete the ExprContext node */
430 pfree(econtext);
431}
static void ShutdownExprContext(ExprContext *econtext, bool isCommit)
Definition: execUtils.c:1020
List * list_delete_ptr(List *list, void *datum)
Definition: list.c:872

References ExprContext::ecxt_estate, ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, EState::es_exprcontexts, list_delete_ptr(), MemoryContextDelete(), pfree(), and ShutdownExprContext().

Referenced by FreeExecutorState(), plpgsql_destroy_econtext(), and plpgsql_subxact_cb().

◆ GetAttributeByName()

Datum GetAttributeByName ( HeapTupleHeader  tuple,
const char *  attname,
bool *  isNull 
)

Definition at line 1061 of file execUtils.c.

1062{
1063 AttrNumber attrno;
1064 Datum result;
1065 Oid tupType;
1066 int32 tupTypmod;
1067 TupleDesc tupDesc;
1068 HeapTupleData tmptup;
1069 int i;
1070
1071 if (attname == NULL)
1072 elog(ERROR, "invalid attribute name");
1073
1074 if (isNull == NULL)
1075 elog(ERROR, "a NULL isNull pointer was passed");
1076
1077 if (tuple == NULL)
1078 {
1079 /* Kinda bogus but compatible with old behavior... */
1080 *isNull = true;
1081 return (Datum) 0;
1082 }
1083
1084 tupType = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(tuple);
1085 tupTypmod = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(tuple);
1086 tupDesc = lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(tupType, tupTypmod);
1087
1088 attrno = InvalidAttrNumber;
1089 for (i = 0; i < tupDesc->natts; i++)
1090 {
1091 Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(tupDesc, i);
1092
1093 if (namestrcmp(&(att->attname), attname) == 0)
1094 {
1095 attrno = att->attnum;
1096 break;
1097 }
1098 }
1099
1100 if (attrno == InvalidAttrNumber)
1101 elog(ERROR, "attribute \"%s\" does not exist", attname);
1102
1103 /*
1104 * heap_getattr needs a HeapTuple not a bare HeapTupleHeader. We set all
1105 * the fields in the struct just in case user tries to inspect system
1106 * columns.
1107 */
1108 tmptup.t_len = HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(tuple);
1109 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup.t_self));
1110 tmptup.t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
1111 tmptup.t_data = tuple;
1112
1113 result = heap_getattr(&tmptup,
1114 attrno,
1115 tupDesc,
1116 isNull);
1117
1118 ReleaseTupleDesc(tupDesc);
1119
1120 return result;
1121}
int32_t int32
Definition: c.h:498
static Datum heap_getattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc, bool *isnull)
Definition: htup_details.h:904
int namestrcmp(Name name, const char *str)
Definition: name.c:247
NameData attname
Definition: pg_attribute.h:41
ItemPointerData t_self
Definition: htup.h:65
Oid t_tableOid
Definition: htup.h:66
#define ReleaseTupleDesc(tupdesc)
Definition: tupdesc.h:219
TupleDesc lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(Oid type_id, int32 typmod)
Definition: typcache.c:1922

References attname, elog, ERROR, heap_getattr(), HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(), i, InvalidAttrNumber, InvalidOid, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), namestrcmp(), TupleDescData::natts, ReleaseTupleDesc, HeapTupleData::t_data, HeapTupleData::t_len, HeapTupleData::t_self, HeapTupleData::t_tableOid, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by c_overpaid(), and overpaid().

◆ GetAttributeByNum()

Datum GetAttributeByNum ( HeapTupleHeader  tuple,
AttrNumber  attrno,
bool *  isNull 
)

Definition at line 1124 of file execUtils.c.

1127{
1128 Datum result;
1129 Oid tupType;
1130 int32 tupTypmod;
1131 TupleDesc tupDesc;
1132 HeapTupleData tmptup;
1133
1134 if (!AttributeNumberIsValid(attrno))
1135 elog(ERROR, "invalid attribute number %d", attrno);
1136
1137 if (isNull == NULL)
1138 elog(ERROR, "a NULL isNull pointer was passed");
1139
1140 if (tuple == NULL)
1141 {
1142 /* Kinda bogus but compatible with old behavior... */
1143 *isNull = true;
1144 return (Datum) 0;
1145 }
1146
1147 tupType = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(tuple);
1148 tupTypmod = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(tuple);
1149 tupDesc = lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(tupType, tupTypmod);
1150
1151 /*
1152 * heap_getattr needs a HeapTuple not a bare HeapTupleHeader. We set all
1153 * the fields in the struct just in case user tries to inspect system
1154 * columns.
1155 */
1156 tmptup.t_len = HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(tuple);
1157 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup.t_self));
1158 tmptup.t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
1159 tmptup.t_data = tuple;
1160
1161 result = heap_getattr(&tmptup,
1162 attrno,
1163 tupDesc,
1164 isNull);
1165
1166 ReleaseTupleDesc(tupDesc);
1167
1168 return result;
1169}

References AttributeNumberIsValid, elog, ERROR, heap_getattr(), HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(), InvalidOid, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), ReleaseTupleDesc, HeapTupleData::t_data, HeapTupleData::t_len, HeapTupleData::t_self, and HeapTupleData::t_tableOid.

◆ InitResultRelInfo()

void InitResultRelInfo ( ResultRelInfo resultRelInfo,
Relation  resultRelationDesc,
Index  resultRelationIndex,
ResultRelInfo partition_root_rri,
int  instrument_options 
)

Definition at line 1225 of file execMain.c.

1230{
1231 MemSet(resultRelInfo, 0, sizeof(ResultRelInfo));
1232 resultRelInfo->type = T_ResultRelInfo;
1233 resultRelInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex = resultRelationIndex;
1234 resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc = resultRelationDesc;
1235 resultRelInfo->ri_NumIndices = 0;
1236 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationDescs = NULL;
1237 resultRelInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo = NULL;
1238 resultRelInfo->ri_needLockTagTuple =
1239 IsInplaceUpdateRelation(resultRelationDesc);
1240 /* make a copy so as not to depend on relcache info not changing... */
1241 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc = CopyTriggerDesc(resultRelationDesc->trigdesc);
1242 if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc)
1243 {
1244 int n = resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->numtriggers;
1245
1246 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigFunctions = (FmgrInfo *)
1247 palloc0(n * sizeof(FmgrInfo));
1248 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs = (ExprState **)
1249 palloc0(n * sizeof(ExprState *));
1250 if (instrument_options)
1251 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigInstrument = InstrAlloc(n, instrument_options, false);
1252 }
1253 else
1254 {
1255 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigFunctions = NULL;
1256 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs = NULL;
1257 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigInstrument = NULL;
1258 }
1259 if (resultRelationDesc->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
1260 resultRelInfo->ri_FdwRoutine = GetFdwRoutineForRelation(resultRelationDesc, true);
1261 else
1262 resultRelInfo->ri_FdwRoutine = NULL;
1263
1264 /* The following fields are set later if needed */
1265 resultRelInfo->ri_RowIdAttNo = 0;
1266 resultRelInfo->ri_extraUpdatedCols = NULL;
1267 resultRelInfo->ri_projectNew = NULL;
1268 resultRelInfo->ri_newTupleSlot = NULL;
1269 resultRelInfo->ri_oldTupleSlot = NULL;
1270 resultRelInfo->ri_projectNewInfoValid = false;
1271 resultRelInfo->ri_FdwState = NULL;
1272 resultRelInfo->ri_usesFdwDirectModify = false;
1273 resultRelInfo->ri_CheckConstraintExprs = NULL;
1274 resultRelInfo->ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs = NULL;
1275 resultRelInfo->ri_GeneratedExprsI = NULL;
1276 resultRelInfo->ri_GeneratedExprsU = NULL;
1277 resultRelInfo->ri_projectReturning = NULL;
1278 resultRelInfo->ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes = NIL;
1279 resultRelInfo->ri_onConflict = NULL;
1280 resultRelInfo->ri_ReturningSlot = NULL;
1281 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigOldSlot = NULL;
1282 resultRelInfo->ri_TrigNewSlot = NULL;
1283 resultRelInfo->ri_AllNullSlot = NULL;
1284 resultRelInfo->ri_MergeActions[MERGE_WHEN_MATCHED] = NIL;
1287 resultRelInfo->ri_MergeJoinCondition = NULL;
1288
1289 /*
1290 * Only ExecInitPartitionInfo() and ExecInitPartitionDispatchInfo() pass
1291 * non-NULL partition_root_rri. For child relations that are part of the
1292 * initial query rather than being dynamically added by tuple routing,
1293 * this field is filled in ExecInitModifyTable().
1294 */
1295 resultRelInfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo = partition_root_rri;
1296 /* Set by ExecGetRootToChildMap */
1297 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMap = NULL;
1298 resultRelInfo->ri_RootToChildMapValid = false;
1299 /* Set by ExecInitRoutingInfo */
1300 resultRelInfo->ri_PartitionTupleSlot = NULL;
1301 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMap = NULL;
1302 resultRelInfo->ri_ChildToRootMapValid = false;
1303 resultRelInfo->ri_CopyMultiInsertBuffer = NULL;
1304}
#define MemSet(start, val, len)
Definition: c.h:991
@ MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_TARGET
Definition: primnodes.h:2003
@ MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_SOURCE
Definition: primnodes.h:2002
@ MERGE_WHEN_MATCHED
Definition: primnodes.h:2001
TriggerDesc * trigdesc
Definition: rel.h:117
ExprState ** ri_CheckConstraintExprs
Definition: execnodes.h:549
TupleTableSlot * ri_PartitionTupleSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:615
OnConflictSetState * ri_onConflict
Definition: execnodes.h:577
Instrumentation * ri_TrigInstrument
Definition: execnodes.h:518
ExprState * ri_MergeJoinCondition
Definition: execnodes.h:583
TupleTableSlot * ri_oldTupleSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:501
struct CopyMultiInsertBuffer * ri_CopyMultiInsertBuffer
Definition: execnodes.h:618
ExprState ** ri_GeneratedExprsI
Definition: execnodes.h:560
void * ri_FdwState
Definition: execnodes.h:530
List * ri_MergeActions[NUM_MERGE_MATCH_KINDS]
Definition: execnodes.h:580
TupleTableSlot * ri_newTupleSlot
Definition: execnodes.h:499
NodeTag type
Definition: execnodes.h:468
ProjectionInfo * ri_projectReturning
Definition: execnodes.h:571
ExprState ** ri_GeneratedExprsU
Definition: execnodes.h:561
ExprState ** ri_TrigWhenExprs
Definition: execnodes.h:515
FmgrInfo * ri_TrigFunctions
Definition: execnodes.h:512
bool ri_usesFdwDirectModify
Definition: execnodes.h:533
AttrNumber ri_RowIdAttNo
Definition: execnodes.h:489
int numtriggers
Definition: reltrigger.h:50
TriggerDesc * CopyTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
Definition: trigger.c:2090

References CopyTriggerDesc(), GetFdwRoutineForRelation(), InstrAlloc(), IsInplaceUpdateRelation(), MemSet, MERGE_WHEN_MATCHED, MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_SOURCE, MERGE_WHEN_NOT_MATCHED_BY_TARGET, NIL, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, palloc0(), RelationData::rd_rel, ResultRelInfo::ri_AllNullSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_CheckConstraintExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMap, ResultRelInfo::ri_ChildToRootMapValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_CopyMultiInsertBuffer, ResultRelInfo::ri_extraUpdatedCols, ResultRelInfo::ri_FdwRoutine, ResultRelInfo::ri_FdwState, ResultRelInfo::ri_GeneratedExprsI, ResultRelInfo::ri_GeneratedExprsU, ResultRelInfo::ri_GenVirtualNotNullConstraintExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationDescs, ResultRelInfo::ri_IndexRelationInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_MergeActions, ResultRelInfo::ri_MergeJoinCondition, ResultRelInfo::ri_needLockTagTuple, ResultRelInfo::ri_newTupleSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_NumIndices, ResultRelInfo::ri_oldTupleSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflict, ResultRelInfo::ri_onConflictArbiterIndexes, ResultRelInfo::ri_PartitionTupleSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectNew, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectNewInfoValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_projectReturning, ResultRelInfo::ri_RangeTableIndex, ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_ReturningSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootResultRelInfo, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMap, ResultRelInfo::ri_RootToChildMapValid, ResultRelInfo::ri_RowIdAttNo, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigDesc, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigFunctions, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigInstrument, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigNewSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigOldSlot, ResultRelInfo::ri_TrigWhenExprs, ResultRelInfo::ri_usesFdwDirectModify, RelationData::trigdesc, and ResultRelInfo::type.

Referenced by ATRewriteTable(), create_edata_for_relation(), ExecGetAncestorResultRels(), ExecGetTriggerResultRel(), ExecInitPartitionDispatchInfo(), ExecInitPartitionInfo(), ExecInitResultRelation(), and ExecuteTruncateGuts().

◆ LookupTupleHashEntry()

TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntry ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot,
bool *  isnew,
uint32 hash 
)

Definition at line 295 of file execGrouping.c.

297{
298 TupleHashEntry entry;
299 MemoryContext oldContext;
300 uint32 local_hash;
301
302 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
303 oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(hashtable->tempcxt);
304
305 /* set up data needed by hash and match functions */
306 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
307 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashtable->tab_hash_expr;
308 hashtable->cur_eq_func = hashtable->tab_eq_func;
309
310 local_hash = TupleHashTableHash_internal(hashtable->hashtab, NULL);
311 entry = LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(hashtable, slot, isnew, local_hash);
312
313 if (hash != NULL)
314 *hash = local_hash;
315
316 Assert(entry == NULL || entry->hash == local_hash);
317
318 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
319
320 return entry;
321}
static uint32 TupleHashTableHash_internal(struct tuplehash_hash *tb, const MinimalTuple tuple)
Definition: execGrouping.c:415
static TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot, bool *isnew, uint32 hash)
Definition: execGrouping.c:463
static unsigned hash(unsigned *uv, int n)
Definition: rege_dfa.c:715

References Assert(), TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, hash(), TupleHashEntryData::hash, TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), TupleHashTableData::tab_eq_func, TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::tempcxt, and TupleHashTableHash_internal().

Referenced by buildSubPlanHash(), ExecRecursiveUnion(), lookup_hash_entries(), and setop_fill_hash_table().

◆ LookupTupleHashEntryHash()

TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntryHash ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot,
bool *  isnew,
uint32  hash 
)

Definition at line 350 of file execGrouping.c.

352{
353 TupleHashEntry entry;
354 MemoryContext oldContext;
355
356 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
357 oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(hashtable->tempcxt);
358
359 /* set up data needed by hash and match functions */
360 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
361 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashtable->tab_hash_expr;
362 hashtable->cur_eq_func = hashtable->tab_eq_func;
363
364 entry = LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(hashtable, slot, isnew, hash);
365 Assert(entry == NULL || entry->hash == hash);
366
367 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
368
369 return entry;
370}

References Assert(), TupleHashTableData::cur_eq_func, hash(), TupleHashEntryData::hash, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, LookupTupleHashEntry_internal(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), TupleHashTableData::tab_eq_func, TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, and TupleHashTableData::tempcxt.

Referenced by agg_refill_hash_table().

◆ MakePerTupleExprContext()

ExprContext * MakePerTupleExprContext ( EState estate)

Definition at line 458 of file execUtils.c.

459{
460 if (estate->es_per_tuple_exprcontext == NULL)
462
463 return estate->es_per_tuple_exprcontext;
464}

References CreateExprContext(), and EState::es_per_tuple_exprcontext.

◆ MultiExecProcNode()

Node * MultiExecProcNode ( PlanState node)

Definition at line 507 of file execProcnode.c.

508{
509 Node *result;
510
512
514
515 if (node->chgParam != NULL) /* something changed */
516 ExecReScan(node); /* let ReScan handle this */
517
518 switch (nodeTag(node))
519 {
520 /*
521 * Only node types that actually support multiexec will be listed
522 */
523
524 case T_HashState:
525 result = MultiExecHash((HashState *) node);
526 break;
527
528 case T_BitmapIndexScanState:
530 break;
531
532 case T_BitmapAndState:
533 result = MultiExecBitmapAnd((BitmapAndState *) node);
534 break;
535
536 case T_BitmapOrState:
537 result = MultiExecBitmapOr((BitmapOrState *) node);
538 break;
539
540 default:
541 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(node));
542 result = NULL;
543 break;
544 }
545
546 return result;
547}
Node * MultiExecBitmapAnd(BitmapAndState *node)
Node * MultiExecBitmapIndexScan(BitmapIndexScanState *node)
Node * MultiExecBitmapOr(BitmapOrState *node)
Definition: nodeBitmapOr.c:111
Node * MultiExecHash(HashState *node)
Definition: nodeHash.c:105

References CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, check_stack_depth(), PlanState::chgParam, elog, ERROR, ExecReScan(), MultiExecBitmapAnd(), MultiExecBitmapIndexScan(), MultiExecBitmapOr(), MultiExecHash(), and nodeTag.

Referenced by BitmapTableScanSetup(), ExecHashJoinImpl(), MultiExecBitmapAnd(), and MultiExecBitmapOr().

◆ RegisterExprContextCallback()

void RegisterExprContextCallback ( ExprContext econtext,
ExprContextCallbackFunction  function,
Datum  arg 
)

Definition at line 963 of file execUtils.c.

966{
967 ExprContext_CB *ecxt_callback;
968
969 /* Save the info in appropriate memory context */
970 ecxt_callback = (ExprContext_CB *)
972 sizeof(ExprContext_CB));
973
974 ecxt_callback->function = function;
975 ecxt_callback->arg = arg;
976
977 /* link to front of list for appropriate execution order */
978 ecxt_callback->next = econtext->ecxt_callbacks;
979 econtext->ecxt_callbacks = ecxt_callback;
980}
void * MemoryContextAlloc(MemoryContext context, Size size)
Definition: mcxt.c:1185
void * arg
struct ExprContext_CB * next
Definition: execnodes.h:233
ExprContextCallbackFunction function
Definition: execnodes.h:234

References arg, ExprContext_CB::arg, ExprContext::ecxt_callbacks, ExprContext::ecxt_per_query_memory, function, ExprContext_CB::function, MemoryContextAlloc(), and ExprContext_CB::next.

Referenced by AggRegisterCallback(), ExecMakeFunctionResultSet(), ExecPrepareTuplestoreResult(), fmgr_sql(), and init_MultiFuncCall().

◆ RelationFindReplTupleByIndex()

bool RelationFindReplTupleByIndex ( Relation  rel,
Oid  idxoid,
LockTupleMode  lockmode,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TupleTableSlot outslot 
)

Definition at line 179 of file execReplication.c.

183{
185 int skey_attoff;
186 IndexScanDesc scan;
187 SnapshotData snap;
188 TransactionId xwait;
189 Relation idxrel;
190 bool found;
191 TypeCacheEntry **eq = NULL;
192 bool isIdxSafeToSkipDuplicates;
193
194 /* Open the index. */
195 idxrel = index_open(idxoid, RowExclusiveLock);
196
197 isIdxSafeToSkipDuplicates = (GetRelationIdentityOrPK(rel) == idxoid);
198
199 InitDirtySnapshot(snap);
200
201 /* Build scan key. */
202 skey_attoff = build_replindex_scan_key(skey, rel, idxrel, searchslot);
203
204 /* Start an index scan. */
205 scan = index_beginscan(rel, idxrel, &snap, NULL, skey_attoff, 0);
206
207retry:
208 found = false;
209
210 index_rescan(scan, skey, skey_attoff, NULL, 0);
211
212 /* Try to find the tuple */
213 while (index_getnext_slot(scan, ForwardScanDirection, outslot))
214 {
215 /*
216 * Avoid expensive equality check if the index is primary key or
217 * replica identity index.
218 */
219 if (!isIdxSafeToSkipDuplicates)
220 {
221 if (eq == NULL)
222 eq = palloc0(sizeof(*eq) * outslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts);
223
224 if (!tuples_equal(outslot, searchslot, eq))
225 continue;
226 }
227
228 ExecMaterializeSlot(outslot);
229
230 xwait = TransactionIdIsValid(snap.xmin) ?
231 snap.xmin : snap.xmax;
232
233 /*
234 * If the tuple is locked, wait for locking transaction to finish and
235 * retry.
236 */
237 if (TransactionIdIsValid(xwait))
238 {
239 XactLockTableWait(xwait, NULL, NULL, XLTW_None);
240 goto retry;
241 }
242
243 /* Found our tuple and it's not locked */
244 found = true;
245 break;
246 }
247
248 /* Found tuple, try to lock it in the lockmode. */
249 if (found)
250 {
251 TM_FailureData tmfd;
252 TM_Result res;
253
255
256 res = table_tuple_lock(rel, &(outslot->tts_tid), GetActiveSnapshot(),
257 outslot,
258 GetCurrentCommandId(false),
259 lockmode,
261 0 /* don't follow updates */ ,
262 &tmfd);
263
265
266 if (should_refetch_tuple(res, &tmfd))
267 goto retry;
268 }
269
270 index_endscan(scan);
271
272 /* Don't release lock until commit. */
273 index_close(idxrel, NoLock);
274
275 return found;
276}
uint32 TransactionId
Definition: c.h:623
static bool tuples_equal(TupleTableSlot *slot1, TupleTableSlot *slot2, TypeCacheEntry **eq)
static bool should_refetch_tuple(TM_Result res, TM_FailureData *tmfd)
static int build_replindex_scan_key(ScanKey skey, Relation rel, Relation idxrel, TupleTableSlot *searchslot)
bool index_getnext_slot(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection direction, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: indexam.c:720
IndexScanDesc index_beginscan(Relation heapRelation, Relation indexRelation, Snapshot snapshot, IndexScanInstrumentation *instrument, int nkeys, int norderbys)
Definition: indexam.c:256
void index_endscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
Definition: indexam.c:382
void index_rescan(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey keys, int nkeys, ScanKey orderbys, int norderbys)
Definition: indexam.c:356
void XactLockTableWait(TransactionId xid, Relation rel, ItemPointer ctid, XLTW_Oper oper)
Definition: lmgr.c:663
@ XLTW_None
Definition: lmgr.h:26
@ LockWaitBlock
Definition: lockoptions.h:39
Snapshot GetLatestSnapshot(void)
Definition: snapmgr.c:342
void PushActiveSnapshot(Snapshot snapshot)
Definition: snapmgr.c:669
void PopActiveSnapshot(void)
Definition: snapmgr.c:762
Snapshot GetActiveSnapshot(void)
Definition: snapmgr.c:787
#define InitDirtySnapshot(snapshotdata)
Definition: snapmgr.h:42
Oid GetRelationIdentityOrPK(Relation rel)
Definition: relation.c:891
TransactionId xmin
Definition: snapshot.h:153
TransactionId xmax
Definition: snapshot.h:154
TM_Result
Definition: tableam.h:72
static TM_Result table_tuple_lock(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid, Snapshot snapshot, TupleTableSlot *slot, CommandId cid, LockTupleMode mode, LockWaitPolicy wait_policy, uint8 flags, TM_FailureData *tmfd)
Definition: tableam.h:1540
#define TransactionIdIsValid(xid)
Definition: transam.h:41
CommandId GetCurrentCommandId(bool used)
Definition: xact.c:829

References build_replindex_scan_key(), ExecMaterializeSlot(), ForwardScanDirection, GetActiveSnapshot(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), GetRelationIdentityOrPK(), index_beginscan(), index_close(), index_endscan(), index_getnext_slot(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_open(), index_rescan(), InitDirtySnapshot, LockWaitBlock, TupleDescData::natts, NoLock, palloc0(), PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), RowExclusiveLock, should_refetch_tuple(), table_tuple_lock(), TransactionIdIsValid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tupleDescriptor, tuples_equal(), XactLockTableWait(), XLTW_None, SnapshotData::xmax, and SnapshotData::xmin.

Referenced by FindReplTupleInLocalRel().

◆ RelationFindReplTupleSeq()

bool RelationFindReplTupleSeq ( Relation  rel,
LockTupleMode  lockmode,
TupleTableSlot searchslot,
TupleTableSlot outslot 
)

Definition at line 355 of file execReplication.c.

357{
358 TupleTableSlot *scanslot;
359 TableScanDesc scan;
360 SnapshotData snap;
361 TypeCacheEntry **eq;
362 TransactionId xwait;
363 bool found;
365
367
368 eq = palloc0(sizeof(*eq) * outslot->tts_tupleDescriptor->natts);
369
370 /* Start a heap scan. */
371 InitDirtySnapshot(snap);
372 scan = table_beginscan(rel, &snap, 0, NULL);
373 scanslot = table_slot_create(rel, NULL);
374
375retry:
376 found = false;
377
378 table_rescan(scan, NULL);
379
380 /* Try to find the tuple */
381 while (table_scan_getnextslot(scan, ForwardScanDirection, scanslot))
382 {
383 if (!tuples_equal(scanslot, searchslot, eq))
384 continue;
385
386 found = true;
387 ExecCopySlot(outslot, scanslot);
388
389 xwait = TransactionIdIsValid(snap.xmin) ?
390 snap.xmin : snap.xmax;
391
392 /*
393 * If the tuple is locked, wait for locking transaction to finish and
394 * retry.
395 */
396 if (TransactionIdIsValid(xwait))
397 {
398 XactLockTableWait(xwait, NULL, NULL, XLTW_None);
399 goto retry;
400 }
401
402 /* Found our tuple and it's not locked */
403 break;
404 }
405
406 /* Found tuple, try to lock it in the lockmode. */
407 if (found)
408 {
409 TM_FailureData tmfd;
410 TM_Result res;
411
413
414 res = table_tuple_lock(rel, &(outslot->tts_tid), GetActiveSnapshot(),
415 outslot,
416 GetCurrentCommandId(false),
417 lockmode,
419 0 /* don't follow updates */ ,
420 &tmfd);
421
423
424 if (should_refetch_tuple(res, &tmfd))
425 goto retry;
426 }
427
428 table_endscan(scan);
430
431 return found;
432}
static TableScanDesc table_beginscan(Relation rel, Snapshot snapshot, int nkeys, struct ScanKeyData *key)
Definition: tableam.h:870
static void table_endscan(TableScanDesc scan)
Definition: tableam.h:979
static void table_rescan(TableScanDesc scan, struct ScanKeyData *key)
Definition: tableam.h:988
static bool table_scan_getnextslot(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tableam.h:1015
bool equalTupleDescs(TupleDesc tupdesc1, TupleDesc tupdesc2)
Definition: tupdesc.c:583

References Assert(), equalTupleDescs(), ExecCopySlot(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ForwardScanDirection, GetActiveSnapshot(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), InitDirtySnapshot, LockWaitBlock, TupleDescData::natts, palloc0(), PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), RelationGetDescr, should_refetch_tuple(), table_beginscan(), table_endscan(), table_rescan(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_create(), table_tuple_lock(), TransactionIdIsValid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tupleDescriptor, tuples_equal(), XactLockTableWait(), XLTW_None, SnapshotData::xmax, and SnapshotData::xmin.

Referenced by FindReplTupleInLocalRel().

◆ ReScanExprContext()

void ReScanExprContext ( ExprContext econtext)

Definition at line 443 of file execUtils.c.

444{
445 /* Call any registered callbacks */
446 ShutdownExprContext(econtext, true);
447 /* And clean up the memory used */
449}

References ExprContext::ecxt_per_tuple_memory, MemoryContextReset(), and ShutdownExprContext().

Referenced by agg_refill_hash_table(), agg_retrieve_direct(), domain_check_input(), ExecEndAgg(), ExecReScan(), ExecReScanAgg(), and ValuesNext().

◆ ResetTupleHashTable()

void ResetTupleHashTable ( TupleHashTable  hashtable)

Definition at line 274 of file execGrouping.c.

275{
276 tuplehash_reset(hashtable->hashtab);
277}

References TupleHashTableData::hashtab.

Referenced by agg_refill_hash_table(), build_hash_tables(), buildSubPlanHash(), ExecReScanRecursiveUnion(), and ExecReScanSetOp().

◆ standard_ExecutorEnd()

void standard_ExecutorEnd ( QueryDesc queryDesc)

Definition at line 476 of file execMain.c.

477{
478 EState *estate;
479 MemoryContext oldcontext;
480
481 /* sanity checks */
482 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
483
484 estate = queryDesc->estate;
485
486 Assert(estate != NULL);
487
488 if (estate->es_parallel_workers_to_launch > 0)
491
492 /*
493 * Check that ExecutorFinish was called, unless in EXPLAIN-only mode. This
494 * Assert is needed because ExecutorFinish is new as of 9.1, and callers
495 * might forget to call it.
496 */
497 Assert(estate->es_finished ||
499
500 /*
501 * Switch into per-query memory context to run ExecEndPlan
502 */
503 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
504
505 ExecEndPlan(queryDesc->planstate, estate);
506
507 /* do away with our snapshots */
510
511 /*
512 * Must switch out of context before destroying it
513 */
514 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
515
516 /*
517 * Release EState and per-query memory context. This should release
518 * everything the executor has allocated.
519 */
520 FreeExecutorState(estate);
521
522 /* Reset queryDesc fields that no longer point to anything */
523 queryDesc->tupDesc = NULL;
524 queryDesc->estate = NULL;
525 queryDesc->planstate = NULL;
526 queryDesc->totaltime = NULL;
527}
static void ExecEndPlan(PlanState *planstate, EState *estate)
Definition: execMain.c:1508
int64 PgStat_Counter
Definition: pgstat.h:65
void pgstat_update_parallel_workers_stats(PgStat_Counter workers_to_launch, PgStat_Counter workers_launched)
void UnregisterSnapshot(Snapshot snapshot)
Definition: snapmgr.c:853
struct Instrumentation * totaltime
Definition: execdesc.h:55
TupleDesc tupDesc
Definition: execdesc.h:47

References Assert(), EState::es_crosscheck_snapshot, EState::es_finished, EState::es_parallel_workers_launched, EState::es_parallel_workers_to_launch, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_top_eflags, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, ExecEndPlan(), FreeExecutorState(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), pgstat_update_parallel_workers_stats(), QueryDesc::planstate, QueryDesc::totaltime, QueryDesc::tupDesc, and UnregisterSnapshot().

Referenced by ExecutorEnd(), explain_ExecutorEnd(), and pgss_ExecutorEnd().

◆ standard_ExecutorFinish()

void standard_ExecutorFinish ( QueryDesc queryDesc)

Definition at line 416 of file execMain.c.

417{
418 EState *estate;
419 MemoryContext oldcontext;
420
421 /* sanity checks */
422 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
423
424 estate = queryDesc->estate;
425
426 Assert(estate != NULL);
428
429 /* This should be run once and only once per Executor instance */
430 Assert(!estate->es_finished);
431
432 /* Switch into per-query memory context */
433 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
434
435 /* Allow instrumentation of Executor overall runtime */
436 if (queryDesc->totaltime)
437 InstrStartNode(queryDesc->totaltime);
438
439 /* Run ModifyTable nodes to completion */
440 ExecPostprocessPlan(estate);
441
442 /* Execute queued AFTER triggers, unless told not to */
443 if (!(estate->es_top_eflags & EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS))
444 AfterTriggerEndQuery(estate);
445
446 if (queryDesc->totaltime)
447 InstrStopNode(queryDesc->totaltime, 0);
448
449 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
450
451 estate->es_finished = true;
452}
static void ExecPostprocessPlan(EState *estate)
Definition: execMain.c:1462
#define EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS
Definition: executor.h:70
void InstrStartNode(Instrumentation *instr)
Definition: instrument.c:68
void InstrStopNode(Instrumentation *instr, double nTuples)
Definition: instrument.c:84
void AfterTriggerEndQuery(EState *estate)
Definition: trigger.c:5073

References AfterTriggerEndQuery(), Assert(), EState::es_finished, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_top_eflags, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS, ExecPostprocessPlan(), InstrStartNode(), InstrStopNode(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and QueryDesc::totaltime.

Referenced by ExecutorFinish(), explain_ExecutorFinish(), and pgss_ExecutorFinish().

◆ standard_ExecutorRun()

void standard_ExecutorRun ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
ScanDirection  direction,
uint64  count 
)

Definition at line 308 of file execMain.c.

310{
311 EState *estate;
312 CmdType operation;
314 bool sendTuples;
315 MemoryContext oldcontext;
316
317 /* sanity checks */
318 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
319
320 estate = queryDesc->estate;
321
322 Assert(estate != NULL);
324
325 /* caller must ensure the query's snapshot is active */
327
328 /*
329 * Switch into per-query memory context
330 */
331 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
332
333 /* Allow instrumentation of Executor overall runtime */
334 if (queryDesc->totaltime)
335 InstrStartNode(queryDesc->totaltime);
336
337 /*
338 * extract information from the query descriptor and the query feature.
339 */
340 operation = queryDesc->operation;
341 dest = queryDesc->dest;
342
343 /*
344 * startup tuple receiver, if we will be emitting tuples
345 */
346 estate->es_processed = 0;
347
348 sendTuples = (operation == CMD_SELECT ||
349 queryDesc->plannedstmt->hasReturning);
350
351 if (sendTuples)
352 dest->rStartup(dest, operation, queryDesc->tupDesc);
353
354 /*
355 * Run plan, unless direction is NoMovement.
356 *
357 * Note: pquery.c selects NoMovement if a prior call already reached
358 * end-of-data in the user-specified fetch direction. This is important
359 * because various parts of the executor can misbehave if called again
360 * after reporting EOF. For example, heapam.c would actually restart a
361 * heapscan and return all its data afresh. There is also some doubt
362 * about whether a parallel plan would operate properly if an additional,
363 * necessarily non-parallel execution request occurs after completing a
364 * parallel execution. (That case should work, but it's untested.)
365 */
366 if (!ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(direction))
367 ExecutePlan(queryDesc,
368 operation,
369 sendTuples,
370 count,
371 direction,
372 dest);
373
374 /*
375 * Update es_total_processed to keep track of the number of tuples
376 * processed across multiple ExecutorRun() calls.
377 */
378 estate->es_total_processed += estate->es_processed;
379
380 /*
381 * shutdown tuple receiver, if we started it
382 */
383 if (sendTuples)
384 dest->rShutdown(dest);
385
386 if (queryDesc->totaltime)
387 InstrStopNode(queryDesc->totaltime, estate->es_processed);
388
389 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
390}
static void ExecutePlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, CmdType operation, bool sendTuples, uint64 numberTuples, ScanDirection direction, DestReceiver *dest)
Definition: execMain.c:1628
CmdType
Definition: nodes.h:269
#define ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(direction)
Definition: sdir.h:57
bool hasReturning
Definition: plannodes.h:62
DestReceiver * dest
Definition: execdesc.h:41

References Assert(), CMD_SELECT, generate_unaccent_rules::dest, QueryDesc::dest, EState::es_processed, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_top_eflags, EState::es_total_processed, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, ExecutePlan(), GetActiveSnapshot(), PlannedStmt::hasReturning, InstrStartNode(), InstrStopNode(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), QueryDesc::operation, QueryDesc::plannedstmt, ScanDirectionIsNoMovement, QueryDesc::totaltime, and QueryDesc::tupDesc.

Referenced by ExecutorRun(), explain_ExecutorRun(), and pgss_ExecutorRun().

◆ standard_ExecutorStart()

void standard_ExecutorStart ( QueryDesc queryDesc,
int  eflags 
)

Definition at line 142 of file execMain.c.

143{
144 EState *estate;
145 MemoryContext oldcontext;
146
147 /* sanity checks: queryDesc must not be started already */
148 Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
149 Assert(queryDesc->estate == NULL);
150
151 /* caller must ensure the query's snapshot is active */
152 Assert(GetActiveSnapshot() == queryDesc->snapshot);
153
154 /*
155 * If the transaction is read-only, we need to check if any writes are
156 * planned to non-temporary tables. EXPLAIN is considered read-only.
157 *
158 * Don't allow writes in parallel mode. Supporting UPDATE and DELETE
159 * would require (a) storing the combo CID hash in shared memory, rather
160 * than synchronizing it just once at the start of parallelism, and (b) an
161 * alternative to heap_update()'s reliance on xmax for mutual exclusion.
162 * INSERT may have no such troubles, but we forbid it to simplify the
163 * checks.
164 *
165 * We have lower-level defenses in CommandCounterIncrement and elsewhere
166 * against performing unsafe operations in parallel mode, but this gives a
167 * more user-friendly error message.
168 */
169 if ((XactReadOnly || IsInParallelMode()) &&
170 !(eflags & EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY))
172
173 /*
174 * Build EState, switch into per-query memory context for startup.
175 */
176 estate = CreateExecutorState();
177 queryDesc->estate = estate;
178
179 oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
180
181 /*
182 * Fill in external parameters, if any, from queryDesc; and allocate
183 * workspace for internal parameters
184 */
185 estate->es_param_list_info = queryDesc->params;
186
187 if (queryDesc->plannedstmt->paramExecTypes != NIL)
188 {
189 int nParamExec;
190
191 nParamExec = list_length(queryDesc->plannedstmt->paramExecTypes);
193 palloc0(nParamExec * sizeof(ParamExecData));
194 }
195
196 /* We now require all callers to provide sourceText */
197 Assert(queryDesc->sourceText != NULL);
198 estate->es_sourceText = queryDesc->sourceText;
199
200 /*
201 * Fill in the query environment, if any, from queryDesc.
202 */
203 estate->es_queryEnv = queryDesc->queryEnv;
204
205 /*
206 * If non-read-only query, set the command ID to mark output tuples with
207 */
208 switch (queryDesc->operation)
209 {
210 case CMD_SELECT:
211
212 /*
213 * SELECT FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE and modifying CTEs need to mark
214 * tuples
215 */
216 if (queryDesc->plannedstmt->rowMarks != NIL ||
217 queryDesc->plannedstmt->hasModifyingCTE)
218 estate->es_output_cid = GetCurrentCommandId(true);
219
220 /*
221 * A SELECT without modifying CTEs can't possibly queue triggers,
222 * so force skip-triggers mode. This is just a marginal efficiency
223 * hack, since AfterTriggerBeginQuery/AfterTriggerEndQuery aren't
224 * all that expensive, but we might as well do it.
225 */
226 if (!queryDesc->plannedstmt->hasModifyingCTE)
227 eflags |= EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS;
228 break;
229
230 case CMD_INSERT:
231 case CMD_DELETE:
232 case CMD_UPDATE:
233 case CMD_MERGE:
234 estate->es_output_cid = GetCurrentCommandId(true);
235 break;
236
237 default:
238 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized operation code: %d",
239 (int) queryDesc->operation);
240 break;
241 }
242
243 /*
244 * Copy other important information into the EState
245 */
246 estate->es_snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(queryDesc->snapshot);
248 estate->es_top_eflags = eflags;
249 estate->es_instrument = queryDesc->instrument_options;
250 estate->es_jit_flags = queryDesc->plannedstmt->jitFlags;
251
252 /*
253 * Set up an AFTER-trigger statement context, unless told not to, or
254 * unless it's EXPLAIN-only mode (when ExecutorFinish won't be called).
255 */
258
259 /*
260 * Initialize the plan state tree
261 */
262 InitPlan(queryDesc, eflags);
263
264 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
265}
static void ExecCheckXactReadOnly(PlannedStmt *plannedstmt)
Definition: execMain.c:803
static void InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, int eflags)
Definition: execMain.c:837
EState * CreateExecutorState(void)
Definition: execUtils.c:88
@ CMD_MERGE
Definition: nodes.h:275
Snapshot RegisterSnapshot(Snapshot snapshot)
Definition: snapmgr.c:811
bool hasModifyingCTE
Definition: plannodes.h:65
List * rowMarks
Definition: plannodes.h:120
int jitFlags
Definition: plannodes.h:80
const char * sourceText
Definition: execdesc.h:38
ParamListInfo params
Definition: execdesc.h:42
int instrument_options
Definition: execdesc.h:44
Snapshot snapshot
Definition: execdesc.h:39
QueryEnvironment * queryEnv
Definition: execdesc.h:43
Snapshot crosscheck_snapshot
Definition: execdesc.h:40
void AfterTriggerBeginQuery(void)
Definition: trigger.c:5053
bool XactReadOnly
Definition: xact.c:82
bool IsInParallelMode(void)
Definition: xact.c:1089

References AfterTriggerBeginQuery(), Assert(), CMD_DELETE, CMD_INSERT, CMD_MERGE, CMD_SELECT, CMD_UPDATE, CreateExecutorState(), QueryDesc::crosscheck_snapshot, elog, ERROR, EState::es_crosscheck_snapshot, EState::es_instrument, EState::es_jit_flags, EState::es_output_cid, EState::es_param_exec_vals, EState::es_param_list_info, EState::es_query_cxt, EState::es_queryEnv, EState::es_snapshot, EState::es_sourceText, EState::es_top_eflags, QueryDesc::estate, EXEC_FLAG_EXPLAIN_ONLY, EXEC_FLAG_SKIP_TRIGGERS, ExecCheckXactReadOnly(), GetActiveSnapshot(), GetCurrentCommandId(), PlannedStmt::hasModifyingCTE, InitPlan(), QueryDesc::instrument_options, IsInParallelMode(), PlannedStmt::jitFlags, list_length(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NIL, QueryDesc::operation, palloc0(), PlannedStmt::paramExecTypes, QueryDesc::params, QueryDesc::plannedstmt, QueryDesc::queryEnv, RegisterSnapshot(), PlannedStmt::rowMarks, QueryDesc::snapshot, QueryDesc::sourceText, and XactReadOnly.

Referenced by ExecutorStart(), explain_ExecutorStart(), and pgss_ExecutorStart().

◆ TupleHashEntryGetAdditional()

static void * TupleHashEntryGetAdditional ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleHashEntry  entry 
)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 188 of file executor.h.

189{
190 if (hashtable->additionalsize > 0)
191 return (char *) entry->firstTuple - hashtable->additionalsize;
192 else
193 return NULL;
194}
MinimalTuple firstTuple
Definition: execnodes.h:845

References TupleHashTableData::additionalsize, and TupleHashEntryData::firstTuple.

Referenced by agg_refill_hash_table(), agg_retrieve_hash_table_in_memory(), initialize_hash_entry(), lookup_hash_entries(), setop_fill_hash_table(), and setop_retrieve_hash_table().

◆ TupleHashEntryGetTuple()

static MinimalTuple TupleHashEntryGetTuple ( TupleHashEntry  entry)
inlinestatic

Definition at line 174 of file executor.h.

175{
176 return entry->firstTuple;
177}

References TupleHashEntryData::firstTuple.

Referenced by agg_retrieve_hash_table_in_memory(), findPartialMatch(), and setop_retrieve_hash_table().

◆ TupleHashEntrySize()

static size_t TupleHashEntrySize ( void  )
inlinestatic

Definition at line 165 of file executor.h.

166{
167 return sizeof(TupleHashEntryData);
168}

Referenced by build_hash_tables(), hash_agg_entry_size(), and hash_agg_update_metrics().

◆ TupleHashTableHash()

uint32 TupleHashTableHash ( TupleHashTable  hashtable,
TupleTableSlot slot 
)

Definition at line 327 of file execGrouping.c.

328{
329 MemoryContext oldContext;
330 uint32 hash;
331
332 hashtable->inputslot = slot;
333 hashtable->in_hash_expr = hashtable->tab_hash_expr;
334
335 /* Need to run the hash functions in short-lived context */
336 oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(hashtable->tempcxt);
337
338 hash = TupleHashTableHash_internal(hashtable->hashtab, NULL);
339
340 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
341
342 return hash;
343}

References hash(), TupleHashTableData::hashtab, TupleHashTableData::in_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::inputslot, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), TupleHashTableData::tab_hash_expr, TupleHashTableData::tempcxt, and TupleHashTableHash_internal().

◆ UnregisterExprContextCallback()

void UnregisterExprContextCallback ( ExprContext econtext,
ExprContextCallbackFunction  function,
Datum  arg 
)

Definition at line 989 of file execUtils.c.

992{
993 ExprContext_CB **prev_callback;
994 ExprContext_CB *ecxt_callback;
995
996 prev_callback = &econtext->ecxt_callbacks;
997
998 while ((ecxt_callback = *prev_callback) != NULL)
999 {
1000 if (ecxt_callback->function == function && ecxt_callback->arg == arg)
1001 {
1002 *prev_callback = ecxt_callback->next;
1003 pfree(ecxt_callback);
1004 }
1005 else
1006 prev_callback = &ecxt_callback->next;
1007 }
1008}

References arg, ExprContext_CB::arg, ExprContext::ecxt_callbacks, function, ExprContext_CB::function, ExprContext_CB::next, and pfree().

Referenced by end_MultiFuncCall(), and fmgr_sql().

◆ UpdateChangedParamSet()

void UpdateChangedParamSet ( PlanState node,
Bitmapset newchg 
)

Definition at line 910 of file execUtils.c.

911{
912 Bitmapset *parmset;
913
914 /*
915 * The plan node only depends on params listed in its allParam set. Don't
916 * include anything else into its chgParam set.
917 */
918 parmset = bms_intersect(node->plan->allParam, newchg);
919 node->chgParam = bms_join(node->chgParam, parmset);
920}
Bitmapset * bms_intersect(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition: bitmapset.c:292
Bitmapset * bms_join(Bitmapset *a, Bitmapset *b)
Definition: bitmapset.c:1230
Bitmapset * allParam
Definition: plannodes.h:223

References Plan::allParam, bms_intersect(), bms_join(), PlanState::chgParam, and PlanState::plan.

Referenced by ExecReScan(), ExecReScanAppend(), ExecReScanBitmapAnd(), ExecReScanBitmapOr(), ExecReScanMergeAppend(), and ExecReScanSubqueryScan().

Variable Documentation

◆ ExecutorCheckPerms_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type ExecutorCheckPerms_hook
extern

Definition at line 74 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecCheckPermissions().

◆ ExecutorEnd_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorEnd_hook_type ExecutorEnd_hook
extern

Definition at line 71 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorEnd().

◆ ExecutorFinish_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorFinish_hook_type ExecutorFinish_hook
extern

Definition at line 70 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorFinish().

◆ ExecutorRun_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorRun_hook_type ExecutorRun_hook
extern

Definition at line 69 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorRun().

◆ ExecutorStart_hook

PGDLLIMPORT ExecutorStart_hook_type ExecutorStart_hook
extern

Definition at line 68 of file execMain.c.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and ExecutorStart().